Mailinglist Archive: opensuse-translation-commit (61 mails)

< Previous Next >
[opensuse-translation-commit] r97366 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po
Author: keichwa
Date: 2017-05-23 07:13:54 +0000 (Tue, 23 May 2017)
New Revision: 97366

Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rpm-groups.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po
Log:
merged

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -81,13 +81,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Media: %1, Sökväg: %2, Produkt: %3</li>\n"

-#. set addon specific sig-handling
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL
+#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191
msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr "Gör tillägget %1 tillgängligt via %2."

#. just report error
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till tilläggsprodukten."

@@ -475,6 +476,5 @@
"\n"
"Vill du låta bli att använda tilläggsprodukter?"

-#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Installation av språk"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Installation av språk"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@

#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
#. package dependencies.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -159,74 +159,76 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Typ av starthanterare: %1"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84
msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr "Aktivera tillförlitlig start: %1"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ja"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "no"
msgstr "nej"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Plats för status: %1"

#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Ordning för hårddiskar: %1"

#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation
short.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (utökad)"

#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally
specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not
install</a>)"
msgstr "Installera startkoden i MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installera
inte</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a
href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Installera inte startkoden i MBR (<a
href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installera</a>)"

#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do
not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installera startkoden i /boot-partitionen (<a
href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installera inte</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a
href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Installera inte startkoden i /boot-partitionen (<a
href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installera</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do
not install</a>)"
msgstr "Installera startkoden i \"/\"-partitionen (<a
href=\"disable_boot_root\">installera inte</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a
href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Installera inte startkoden i partitionen \"/\" (<a
href=\"enable_boot_root\">installera</a>)"

#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know
what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr "Varning! Ingen plats för starthanterare stage1 vald. Välj platsen ovan
om du inte vet vad du gör."

#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Ändra plats: %s"

@@ -344,14 +346,21 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
+#| "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
+#| "with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
+#| "chip).</p>\n"
+#| "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+#| "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
"chip).</p>\n"
-"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
-"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Betrodd start</b> installerar TrustedGRUB2\n"
"istället för vanliga GRUB2.</p>\n"
@@ -361,10 +370,16 @@
"<p>Börja med att kontrollera att Betrodd start är aktiverad i
BIOS-inställningarna\n"
"(inställningen kan t.ex. heta något i stil med Security Chip).</p>\n"

+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307
+msgid ""
+"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331
msgid ""
"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
@@ -375,30 +390,30 @@
"Annars går det inte att starta systemet."

#. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "Lös&enordsskydda starthanterare"

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr "Skydda endast änd&ring av poster"

#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363
msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr "&Lösenord för GRUB2-användare \"rot\""

#. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "&Upprepa lösenord"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "Lösenordet kan inte vara tomt."

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -407,7 +422,7 @@
"är inte lika. Ange lösenordet igen."

#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password.
If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is
not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way
GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel
parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will
only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The
password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux
'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use
a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
@@ -416,7 +431,7 @@
"När systemet startas krävs lösenordet för att modifiera eller starta en post.
Om alternativet <b>Skydda endast ändring av poster</b> är markerat, kan du
starta alla poster men måste ange lösenord för att kunna ändra dem (precis som
med GRUB 1). Som en bieffekt av detta alternativ läggs rd.shell=0 till i
kärnparametrarna för att förhindra otillåten åtkomst till
initrd-skalet.<br>Lösenordet accepteras endast av YaST om du skriver det en
extra gång i rutan <b>Upprepa lösenord</b>. Lösenordet gäller GRUB2-användarens
”rot”, vilken skiljer sig från Linux ”rot”. För tillfället kan inte andra
GRUB2-användare använda YaST. Om du behöver dem kan du använda ett separat
GRUB2-skript.</p>"

#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470
msgid ""
"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display
resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting
starts.</p>\n"
"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial
device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be
specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and
if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive
number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400
--unit=0</tt>.</p>"
@@ -425,12 +440,12 @@
"<p>När en seriell konsol används skrivs startmeddelanden till en seriell
enhet, som till exempel <tt>ttyS0</tt>. Ange åtminstone alternativet
<tt>--enhet</tt> och hela syntaxen är <tt>%s</tt>. Andra delar är valfria, och
om ingenting anges används standardvalet. <tt>NUM</tt> i kommandon står för ett
positivt nummer, som till exempel 8. Exempelparametrar är <tt>seriell
--hastighet=38 400 --enhet=0</tt>.</p>"

#. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507
msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments."
msgstr "För att aktivera en seriell konsol måste du tillhandahålla motsvarande
argument."

#. Translators: do not translate "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514
msgid ""
"To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n"
"The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n"
@@ -440,7 +455,7 @@
"Argumentet för \"enhet\" krävs, och hela syntaxen är:\n"
"%s"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Välj ny grafisk temafil"

@@ -448,40 +463,40 @@
#. to be substituted in a command like
#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
#. so do not use punctuation
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
msgid "NUM"
msgstr "NUM"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Använd &grafisk konsol"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "&Konsolupplösning"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "&Konsoltema"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Identifiera automatiskt med grub2"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Använd &seriell konsol"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "&Konsolargument"

#. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "&Förvald startsektion"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655
msgid ""
"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -499,40 +514,40 @@
"hjälp av knapparna <b>Upp</b> och <b>Ned</b>.</p>\n"

#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Plats för starthanterare"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr "Anpassad startenhet måste anges om den markeras"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Sta&rta från startpartition"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr "Start&a från rotpartitionen"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Starta från &Master Boot Record"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Starta från &utökad partition"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "A&npassad startpartition"

#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr "&Redigera diskstartsorder"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -547,17 +562,17 @@
"Om du vill ta bort en disk klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>"

#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Kärnparametrar"

#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr "Alternativ för startko&d"

#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or
password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr "Alternativ för start&hanterare"


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
msgstr "Använt"

#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "Ja"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "Nej"

-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "Ja"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Redundant IP-adress"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "Nod-ID"

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr "Förväntade röster måste anges vid konfiguration av multicast-transport"

#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "Multicast-adress måste anges"

@@ -137,61 +137,61 @@
msgstr "Endast Passivt eller Aktivt kan väljas om flera gränssnitt används.
Passivt väljs."

#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr "Transport:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Kanal"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Bind nätverksadress:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Multicast-adress:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
-msgid "Multicast Port:"
-msgstr "Multicast-port:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482
+msgid "Port:"
+msgstr "Port:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "Redundant kanal"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Klusternamn:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr "Förväntade röster:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr "rrp-läge:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr "Generera nod-ID automatiskt"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Medlemsadress:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "Redundant IP"

#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
@@ -200,123 +200,123 @@
" Omkonfigurera medlemslistan och bekräfta alla andra inställningar."

#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Aktivera säkerhetsautentisering"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate
/etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr "För ett nyskapat kluster trycker du på knappen nedan för att generera
/etc/corosync/authkey."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from
other nodes manually."
msgstr "Om du vill ansluta ett befintligt kluster kopierar du
/etc/corosync/authkey från andra noder manuellt."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr "Kunde inte skapa /etc/corosync/authkey"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey har skapats"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Körs"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Körs inte"

#. servie:cluster is the name of
/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Start"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "På – starta pacemaker vid systemstart"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Av – starta pacemaker manuellt"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Växla av och på"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Aktuell status: "

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Starta pacemaker nu"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Stoppa pacemaker nu"

#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Synkronisera värddator"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Lägg till"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Del"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Redigera"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Synkronisera fil"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Lägg till föreslagna filer"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "Generera i förväg delade nycklar"

#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "Okänd Csync2-status"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "Aktivera csync2"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "Inaktivera csync2"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Ange ett värddatornamn"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Redigera värddatornamnet"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Ange ett filnamn som ska synkroniseras"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Redigera filnamnet"

#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -325,12 +325,12 @@
"Vill du skriva över den?"

#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Det gick inte att ta bort nyckelfilen %1."

#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
"Nyckelfilen %1 har genererats.\n"
"Om du klickar på knappen Lägg till föreslagna filer läggs den till i
synkroniseringslistan."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Nyckelgenereringen misslyckades."

#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between
cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
@@ -353,23 +353,23 @@
"YaST kan hjälpa till att konfigurera vissa grundläggande aspekter av
conntrackd.\n"
"Du måste starta den med ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr "Dedikerat gränssnitt:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "IP:"
msgstr "IP:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr "Gruppnummer:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr "Generera /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr "Gruppnumret måste vara ett positivt heltal"

@@ -588,3 +588,6 @@
#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna."
+
+#~ msgid "Multicast Port:"
+#~ msgstr "Multicast-port:"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -58,10 +58,16 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up
\n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
-"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
-"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings\n"
"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Systemrollsjusteringarna befinner sig mellan paketval \n"
@@ -111,10 +117,8 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Inställningar för installation"

@@ -127,183 +131,167 @@
msgstr "Expert"

#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Live-inställningar för installation"
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Uppdateringsinställningar"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Ställ in nätverk"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Services Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurera nätverkstjänster"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Hårdvaruinställningar"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Förberedelse"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Läs in Linuxrc-nätverkskonfiguration"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Automatisk nätverksinställning"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr "Installationsuppdatering"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Välkommen"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Nätverksaktivering"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Diskaktivering"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalys"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Tilläggsprodukter"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tidszon"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Installationssammanfattning"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Utför installation"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr "Installationsprogramsrensning"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System för uppdatering"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Uppdatera"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Uppdateringssammanfattning"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Utför uppdatering"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Basinstallation"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-inställningar"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Inställningar"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systeminställningar"

@@ -331,18 +319,17 @@
"</p>\n"
" "

-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Läs in nätverkskonfigurationen linuxrc"

+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Användarinställningar"

-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installationsöversikt"

@@ -406,7 +393,9 @@
msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
msgstr "Plasmaskrivbord för KDE"

+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
msgstr "Server (textläge)"

@@ -426,11 +415,113 @@
msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
msgstr "Enlightenment Desktop"

+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer Names"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Datornamn"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+#| "for the selected scenario."
+msgid ""
+"Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemrollerna är fördefinierade användarfall som specialanpassar systemet\n"
+"till det valda scenariot."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up
\n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the
<em>Custom</em> role\n"
+"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern
selection. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Systemrollsjusteringarna befinner sig mellan paketval \n"
+"till diskpartitionering. Genom att välja en systemroll \n"
+"konfigureras systemet därefter för att stämma överens med rollens
användarfall. Inställningarna som \n"
+"definieras av en roll kan åsidosättas under kommande steg vid behov.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n"
+#| "Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n"
+#| "both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n"
+msgid ""
+"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as
mailer,\n"
+"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web
browsers.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"KDE är en kraftfull och intuitiv skrivbords-\n"
+"miljö som använder Kontact för e-post,\n"
+"Dolphin för filhantering och\n"
+"Firefox eller Konqueror som webbläsare.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+msgid "Workstation with GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n"
+#| "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+msgid ""
+"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as
mailer,\n"
+"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME är en kraftfull och intuitiv skrivbords-\n"
+"miljö som använder Evolution för e-post,\n"
+"Firefox som webbläsare och Nautilus för filhantering.\n"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+msgid "Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user
and have only command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Egen"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+msgid "Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that
fits his requirements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Pattern Selection"
+msgid "Custom Pattern Selection"
+msgstr "Servermönster"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
msgid "Online Repositories"
msgstr "Online-arkiv"

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Skrivbordsval"
+#~ msgid "Live Installation Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Live-inställningar för installation"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Skrivbordsval"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 19:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "Aktuell tangentbordslayout: %1"

@@ -57,11 +57,9 @@

#. menue label text
#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-#. widget label
#. menu button label
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Tangentbordslayo&ut"
@@ -204,25 +202,12 @@
msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration av datorns tangentbord"

-#. help text for keyboard selection widget
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
-"installation and on the installed system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Välj <b>tangentbordslayout</b> för\n"
-"installationen och för det installerade systemet.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -234,7 +219,7 @@

#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
#. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
msgstr "X11-tangentbordet kunde inte anges till %s"

@@ -342,8 +327,8 @@

#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "Ytterligare språk: %1"

@@ -604,7 +589,7 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406
msgid ""
"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
"available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -618,19 +603,19 @@

#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866
msgid "Primary Language: %1"
msgstr "Primärt språk: %1"

#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Paket installeras..."

#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130
msgid ""
"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -639,18 +624,18 @@
"Viss text kommer att visas på engelska.\n"

#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the
appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
"Mediet innehåller endast minimalt stöd för det valda språket.\n"
-"Aktivera lagringsplatser online senare för att få bättre stöd\n"
+"Lägg till cd:n med språktillägg som ett tilläggsarkiv för att få bättre
stöd\n"
"för det här språket.\n"

#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373
msgid ""
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
@@ -702,8 +687,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration
as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"

@@ -959,315 +944,287 @@

#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "Lokal tid"

#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "Hårdvaruklocka ställd enligt"

#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "NTP har konfigurerats"

#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "Aktuell tidszon: %1"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35
msgid "English (US)"
msgstr "Engelsk (US)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47
msgid "English (UK)"
msgstr "Engelsk (GB)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71
msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
msgstr "Tysk (med döda tangenter)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83
msgid "German (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Tysk (Schweiz)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95
msgid "French"
msgstr "Fransk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107
msgid "French (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Fransk (Schweiz)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119
msgid "French (Canada)"
msgstr "Fransk (Kanada)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132
msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
msgstr "Kanadensisk (Flerspråkig)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Spansk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "Spansk (Latinamerika)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "Spansk (CP 850)"

#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Spanska (asturisk variant)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italiensk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugisisk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasilien)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portugisisk (Brasilien - US-accent)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Grekisk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Nederländsk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dansk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norsk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Svensk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finsk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tjeckisk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tjeckisk (qwerty)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slovakisk"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slovakisk (qwerty)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slovensk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Ungersk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polsk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Rysk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estnisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Litauisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turkisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Kroatisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Isländsk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainsk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Kambodjansk (khmer)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Koreansk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadzjikisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Traditionell kinesisk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Kinesisk (Förenklad)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Rumänsk"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr "US International"

-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
-msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
-msgstr "Spanska (asturisk variant)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
+#~ "installation and on the installed system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Välj <b>tangentbordslayout</b> för\n"
+#~ "installationen och för det installerade systemet.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this
media.\n"
+#~ "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+#~ "for this language.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mediet innehåller endast minimalt stöd för det valda språket.\n"
+#~ "Aktivera lagringsplatser online senare för att få bättre stöd\n"
+#~ "för det här språket.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886
msgid "&Service to Allow"
msgstr "Tjän&st att tillåta"

@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"

@@ -1198,55 +1198,78 @@

#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall
#. to be stopped after exiting YaST
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148
msgid "Stopping firewall..."
msgstr "Brandväggen stoppas..."

+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device could not be opened."
+msgid "The firewall could not be stopped."
+msgstr "Det gick inte att öppna enheten."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "fstab could not be read."
+msgid "The firewall could not be started."
+msgstr "fstab kunde inte läsas."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again."
+msgid ""
+"%s\n"
+"Please verify your system and try again."
+msgstr "Installera yast2-registration och försök igen."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205
msgid "No zone assigned"
msgstr "Ingen zon tilldelad"

#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245
msgid "Custom string"
msgstr "Egen sträng"

#. interface could be unassigned
#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309
msgid "No Zone Assigned"
msgstr "Ingen zon tilldelad"

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508
msgid "Port number %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Portnumret %1 är felaktigt."

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number,
#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was
found
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513
msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid."
msgstr "Portnummer %1 i definition %2 är ogiltig."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521
msgid "Invalid Port Definition"
msgstr "Ogiltig portdefinition"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
#. that is possible to use in port-range
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527
msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
msgstr "Portnumret måste ligga i intervallet från 1 till och med %1."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605
msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition"
msgstr "Ogiltig portområdesdefinition"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608
msgid ""
"Port range %1 is invalid.\n"
"It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n"
@@ -1257,12 +1280,12 @@
"max_port_nummer måste vara större än min_port_nummer."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625
msgid "Unknown Port Name"
msgstr "Okänt portnamn"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628
msgid ""
"Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n"
"It probably would not work.\n"
@@ -1273,12 +1296,12 @@
"Verkligen använda den här porten?\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657
msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition"
msgstr "Ogiltig definition av extra tjänster"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be
quite long)
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660
msgid ""
"It appears that the additional service settings\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1297,22 +1320,22 @@
#. )
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other
interface."
msgstr "Maskering behöver minst ett externt gränssnitt och ett annat
gränssnitt."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077
msgid "This entry must be completed."
msgstr "Den här posten måste vara fullständig."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this
message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101
msgid "Wrong port definition."
msgstr "Fel portdefinition."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128
msgid ""
"Wrong port definition.\n"
"No port number found for this port name.\n"
@@ -1323,17 +1346,17 @@
"Använd portnumret istället för portnamnet.\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157
msgid "Invalid IP definition."
msgstr "Ogiltig IP-definiering."

#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484
msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"
msgstr "&Logga icke-accepterade utsändningspaket"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545
msgid ""
"Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n"
"but firewall is currently running.\n"
@@ -1346,71 +1369,71 @@
"Vill du stoppa brandväggen när den nya konfigurationen har skrivits?\n"

#. network is mandatory
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931
msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'"
msgstr "Nätverksdefinitionen %1 är ogiltig"

#. destination port is optional
#. source port is optional
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773
msgid "Invalid port range '%1'"
msgstr "Portintervallet %1 är ogiltigt"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945
msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'"
msgstr "Portnamnet eller -numret %1 är ogiltigt"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848
msgid "All services using UDP"
msgstr "Alla tjänster som använder UDP"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850
msgid "All services using TCP"
msgstr "Alla tjänster som använder TCP"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852
msgid "Samba browsing"
msgstr "Samba-bläddring"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854
msgid "SLP browsing"
msgstr "SLP-bläddring"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866
msgid "All networks"
msgstr "Alla nätverk"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868
msgid "Subnet: %1"
msgstr "Delnät: %1"

#. hard-coded default
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zon"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Nätverk"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "Tjän&st"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990
msgid "User-defined service"
msgstr "Användardefinierad tjänst"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015
msgid "Po&rt"
msgstr "Po&rt"

#. redraw table
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110
msgid "Select an item to delete."
msgstr "Välj det objekt som ska tas bort."


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@
msgstr "Etikett"

#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "Modulnamn"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"

-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "Modulnamn"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -14,6 +14,22 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adapting system services ..."
+msgid "Setting default target and system services ..."
+msgstr "Anpassar systemtjänster..."
+
+#. Proposal client for Network configuration
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20
+msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Ställ in nätverk"
+
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25
+msgid "preformatted_proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
@@ -512,7 +528,7 @@
#. download release notes now
#. push button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "Versions&information..."
@@ -849,14 +865,14 @@
#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initierar"

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "Installationen initieras..."
@@ -910,37 +926,37 @@
msgstr "Klar"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopiera filer till installerat system"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Spara inställningar"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Spara installationsinställningar"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installera starthanterare"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Förbered systemet för initial start"

#. some steps are called in live installer only
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553
msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr "Klient %1 returnerade ogiltiga data."

#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Kontrollerar steg: %1..."

@@ -964,6 +980,19 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Förbereder den initiala systemkonfigurationen..."

+#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the
+#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty,
+#. the URL will be completely removed.
+#.
+#. @param regurl [String]
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to cancel, the custom URL\n"
+"will be completelly ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really cancel URL modification?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
@@ -1084,49 +1113,6 @@
"Nätverkskonfigurationen har misslyckats.\n"
"Kontrollera informationen i loggfilen %1."

-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number
\n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones
\n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>På Linux har <b>valfrihet</b> högsta prioritet. För <i>openSUSE</i> finns
ett antal \n"
-"olika skrivbordsmiljöer. Nedan följer en lista med de två största:\n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> och <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
-msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal
installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the
software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add
additional desktop \n"
-"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Du kan välja alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer (eller en med minimala
installationsmönster)\n"
-"som kanske passar bättre för dina behov genom att använda alternativet
<b>Övriga</b>. Senare under program\n"
-"valet eller efter installationen kan du ändra ditt val eller lägga till
ytterligare skrivbords\n"
-"miljöer. På den här skärmen kan du ställa in standardalternativet.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Skrivbordsval"
-
-#. UI wait loop
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"No desktop type was selected.\n"
-"Select the desired desktop environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Ingen skrivbordstyp valdes.\n"
-"Välj önskad skrivbordsmiljö."
-
-#. BNC #449818
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Övriga"
-
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
@@ -1330,36 +1316,22 @@
"Det gick inte att initiera programvaruarkiven.\n"
"Installationen avbryts."

-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
-"from the registration server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Det går inte att hämta URL:en till lagringsplatsen för uppdateringar av
installationsprogrammet\n"
-"från registreringsservern.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
-#. URL from control.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
-msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
-msgstr "<p>Standard-URL:en %s kommer att användas.<p>"
-
-#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#. Return the self-update URLs
#.
-#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration
servers
-#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc
if SCC is selected;
-#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
+#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs
+#.
+#. @see #default_self_update_url
+#. @see #custom_self_update_url
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The registration module is not available."
msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"to search for installer updates."
-msgstr ""
-"Välj en av de identifierade registreringsservrarna i listan\n"
-"för att kunna söka efter uppdateringar till installationsprogrammet."
+"The registration URL provided is not valid.\n"
+"Skipping installer update.\n"
+msgstr "Registreringsmodulen är inte tillgänglig."

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1370,7 +1342,7 @@
"\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1388,7 +1360,7 @@
#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network
configuration
#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
#. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264
msgid ""
"\n"
"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1401,7 +1373,7 @@
#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302
msgid ""
"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
@@ -1424,26 +1396,26 @@
" kan du använda startparametern \"proxy\".\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388
msgid "Add Update Repository"
msgstr "Lägg till lagringplats för uppdateringar"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389
msgid "Download the Packages"
msgstr "Hämta paketen"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390
msgid "Apply the Packages"
msgstr "Tillämpa paketen"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391
msgid "Restart"
msgstr "Starta om"

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404
msgid "Updating the Installer..."
msgstr "Uppdaterar insallationsprogrammet..."

@@ -1452,7 +1424,7 @@
#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
#.
#. @see Yast::Profile.current
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1763,6 +1735,17 @@
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Sparar proxyinställningar..."

+#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the
+#. specific configuration for the current system role.
+#.
+#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only
+#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing device configuration..."
+msgid "Writing specific role configuration ..."
+msgstr "Skriver enhetsinställningar..."
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
@@ -1893,6 +1876,14 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopierar loggfiler till installerat system..."

+#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's
+#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer Names"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Datornamn"
+
#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
@@ -1917,20 +1908,6 @@
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Importera SSH-konfiguration"

-#. TODO: Add the registration process
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
-msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
-msgstr "Instrumentpanelens U&RL"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
-msgid "Worker Registration"
-msgstr "Personalregistrering"
-
-#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
-msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
-msgstr "Ange URL för administratörspanelen om du vill registrera dig som
personal"
-
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
@@ -2174,7 +2151,7 @@
msgstr "Aktiverar fjärradministration..."

#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr "Om du ändrar systemrollen kan dina justeringar återställas."

@@ -2228,6 +2205,26 @@
msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
msgstr "SSH-värdnycklar kommer att kopieras från %s"

+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration
servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc
if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"to search for installer updates."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj en av de identifierade registreringsservrarna i listan\n"
+"för att kunna söka efter uppdateringar till installationsprogrammet."
+
+#. sets flag if online repositories dialog should be shown
+#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:13
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configured Repositories"
+msgid "Configure On-line Repositories"
+msgstr "Inställda arkiv"
+
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
@@ -2324,3 +2321,55 @@
msgstr ""
"Paketberoenden kunde inte lösas automatiskt under installationen.\n"
"Programhanteringsverktyget kommer att öppnas för att du ska kunna lösa dem
manuellt."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a
number \n"
+#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major
ones \n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>På Linux har <b>valfrihet</b> högsta prioritet. För <i>openSUSE</i>
finns ett antal \n"
+#~ "olika skrivbordsmiljöer. Nedan följer en lista med de två största:\n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> och <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal
installation patterns)\n"
+#~ "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in
the software \n"
+#~ "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add
additional desktop \n"
+#~ "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Du kan välja alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer (eller en med minimala
installationsmönster)\n"
+#~ "som kanske passar bättre för dina behov genom att använda alternativet
<b>Övriga</b>. Senare under program\n"
+#~ "valet eller efter installationen kan du ändra ditt val eller lägga till
ytterligare skrivbords\n"
+#~ "miljöer. På den här skärmen kan du ställa in standardalternativet.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Skrivbordsval"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "No desktop type was selected.\n"
+#~ "Select the desired desktop environment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ingen skrivbordstyp valdes.\n"
+#~ "Välj önskad skrivbordsmiljö."
+
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Övriga"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
+#~ "from the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Det går inte att hämta URL:en till lagringsplatsen för uppdateringar av
installationsprogrammet\n"
+#~ "från registreringsservern.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Standard-URL:en %s kommer att användas.<p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
+#~ msgstr "Instrumentpanelens U&RL"
+
+#~ msgid "Worker Registration"
+#~ msgstr "Personalregistrering"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
+#~ msgstr "Ange URL för administratörspanelen om du vill registrera dig som
personal"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po 2017-05-23
07:12:57 UTC (rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po 2017-05-23
07:13:54 UTC (rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@
msgstr "Namn"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Sökväg"

@@ -546,14 +547,14 @@
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "Den valda sökvägen används redan."

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
-msgid "Path:"
-msgstr "Sökväg:"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Bläddra"

+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
+msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Välj fil eller enhet"
@@ -567,8 +568,8 @@
msgstr "Mål-LUN"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
-msgid "Change:"
-msgstr "Ändring:"
+msgid "Change"
+msgstr "Ändra"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
@@ -579,7 +580,9 @@
msgstr "Du måste aktivera minst en autentisering."

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
-msgid "Initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgid "Initiator name"
msgstr "Initierarnamn:"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
@@ -602,7 +605,9 @@
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
-msgid "New initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgid "New initiator name"
msgstr "Nytt initierarnamn:"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750
@@ -828,3 +833,9 @@
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Sammanfattning av inställningarna..."
+
+#~ msgid "Path:"
+#~ msgstr "Sökväg:"
+
+#~ msgid "Change:"
+#~ msgstr "Ändring:"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Vill du tillämpa ändringarna måste datorn startas om."

@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@

#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
#. @return [Boolean] whether successful
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
@@ -1238,129 +1238,129 @@
"Se %{log} för mer information."

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Initierar Kdump-inställningar"

#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Inställningsfilen läses..."

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Kärnans startalternativ läses..."

#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "Beräknar minnesbegränsningar..."

#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Diskpartitionerna läses..."

#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Läser in det tillgängliga minnet och kalibrerar användningen..."

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Det går inte att läsa inställningsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump"

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Det går inte att läsa kärnans startalternativ."

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Det går inte att läsa tillgängligt minne."

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Kdump-inställningar sparas"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Inställningarna sparas"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Uppdatera startalternativ"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Inställningarna sparas..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Startalternativen uppdateras..."

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Klar"

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna."

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Crashkernel-parametern läggs till i starthanterarfelet."

#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "AKTIVERAD"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "INAKTIVERAD"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Värden i crashkernel-alternativet: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dumpformat: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Mål för dumpar: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Antal dumpar: %1"

#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with
actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required,
but only %{available} are available."
msgstr "Varning! Det kanske inte finns tillräckligt med lagringsutrymme.
%{required} krävs, men bara %{available} är tillgängligt."

#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Routing-inställningar"

@@ -658,7 +658,9 @@
msgstr "Gateway"

#. Table header label
+#. Table header 3/4
#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Nätmask"

@@ -739,13 +741,13 @@

#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Varning: ingen kryptering används."

#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Ändra."

@@ -2251,17 +2253,26 @@
"standardrutten är att du ska kunna säga \"och allt annat ska ta den här
vägen\".</p>\n"

#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway
address,\n"
+#| "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+#| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be
routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
-"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be
routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"and netmask. You can use either IPv4 netmask or prefix length when defining\n"
+"network part of route. Prefix length has to be prefixed using '/'.\n"
+"To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be
routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n"
+"Please note that in case of IPv6 networks only prefix length is accepted\n"
+"for netmask definition.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ange målnätverkets IP-adress, gatewayadress och nätmask\n"
"för varje rutt. Utelämna något av värdena med ett streck (-). Välj\n"
"genom vilken enhet trafiken till det definierade nätverket ska dirigeras.
\"-\" är ett alias för alla gränssnitt.</p>\n"

#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2269,7 +2280,7 @@
"<p>Aktivera <b>IPv4-vidarebefordring</b> (vidarebefordring av paket från
externa nätverk\n"
"till det interna) om det här systemet är en router.\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2281,7 +2292,7 @@
"<b>Varning!</b> IPv6-vidarebefordring inaktiverar autokonfigurering av\n"
"tillståndslösa adresser för IPv6 (SLAAC)."

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is
not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
@@ -2291,7 +2302,7 @@
"Du bör aktivera maskering och/eller ställa in minst en omdirigeringsregel i\n"
"brandväggskonfigurationen. Använd YaST-brandväggsmodulen.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP
client.\n"
@@ -2309,7 +2320,7 @@
"alternativ (\"vilket som helst\"). Detta alternativ kan dock leda till att
det inte fungerar som det ska om du har ett system med flera IP-adresser \n"
"anslutet till flera DHCP-nätverk.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is
a \n"
@@ -2323,7 +2334,7 @@
"utan ett aktivt nätverk. I alla andra fall bör du använda det försiktigt, i
synnerhet \n"
"om den här datorn tillhandahåller nätverkstjänster.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2332,7 +2343,7 @@
"Oftast kan de fås via DHCP.</p>\n"

#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2343,7 +2354,7 @@
" (till exempel 192.168.0.42), inte som ett värddatornamn.</p>\n"

#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2355,7 +2366,7 @@
" för datorn (till exempel suse.de). Det kan finnas andra sökdomäner\n"
" (till exempel suse.com). Avgränsa domänerna med kommatecken eller tomt
utrymme.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS
domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially
important if this \n"
@@ -2367,7 +2378,7 @@
"e-postserver. Du kan visa datorns värdnamn med hjälp av kommandot \n"
"<i>hostname</i>.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is
handled\n"
@@ -2383,7 +2394,7 @@
"o.s.v.). Detta är standardvärdet. <b>Använd standardprincip</b> räcker för de
flesta\n"
"konfigurationer.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2405,7 +2416,7 @@

#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address
to this device.\n"
@@ -2415,12 +2426,12 @@
"<p>Välj <b>Ingen adresstilldelning</b> om du inte vill tilldela den här
enheten en IP-adress.\n"
"Det är särskilt användbart för att bonda ethernetenheter.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your
BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Markera <b>iBFT</b> om du vill behålla det nätverk som finns
konfigurerat i BIOS.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
@@ -2429,7 +2440,7 @@
"av systemadministratören eller Internet-leverantören.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2440,7 +2451,7 @@
"hämtas sedan automatiskt från servern.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP +
Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2451,7 +2462,7 @@
" Annars måste nätverksadresser tilldelas <b>statiskt</b>.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for
your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2462,7 +2473,7 @@
"motparten.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your
computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix
<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2473,7 +2484,7 @@
"ett fullt kvalificerat värdnamn för IP-adressen. Värdnamnet skrivs till
<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2481,7 +2492,7 @@
"<p>Kontakta din <b>nätverksadministratör</b> för mer information om\n"
"nätverksinställningarna.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2489,7 +2500,7 @@
"<p>DHCP-inställning rekommenderas inte för den här produkten.\n"
"Komponenter i den här produkten kanske inte fungerar medf DHCP.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2507,11 +2518,11 @@
"gränssnittet. Om du inte väljer en zon och det inte finns några andra
brandväggsgränssnitt \n"
"inaktiveras brandväggen.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service
reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Obligatoriskt gränssnitt</b> specificerar om nätverkstjänsten
rapporterar fel om gränssnittet misslyckas med att starta vid start av
datorn.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2527,7 +2538,7 @@
"särskilt på långsamma uppringda anslutningar. Välj ett av det\n"
"rekommenderade värdena eller definiera ett annat.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No
Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
@@ -2536,12 +2547,12 @@
"Endast enheter vars enhetsaktivering är <b>Aldrig</b> och som har ställts in
som <b>Ingen adresstilldelning</b> är tillgängliga.</p>"

#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>DHCP-klientalternativ</big></b></p>"

#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for
each\n"
@@ -2556,7 +2567,7 @@
"nätverksgränssnitt och därför samma hårdvaruadress.</p>"

#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server.
Some \n"
@@ -2577,7 +2588,7 @@
"Om du inte vill skicka något värdnamn låter du fältet vara tomt.</p>\n"

#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
@@ -2586,7 +2597,7 @@
"<p>Konfigurera ytterligare adresser för ett gränssnitt i den här
tabellen.</p>\n"

#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
@@ -2595,7 +2606,7 @@
" <b>nätmasken</b>.</p>"

#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and
legacy. The total\n"
"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2606,14 +2617,14 @@
"innehålla högst 15 tecken. Det inaktuella verktyget ifconfig kapar namnet
efter 9 tecken.</p>"

#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter
<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Inkludera inte gränssnittsnamnet i etiketten. Ange t.ex.
<b>foo</b>, inte <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"

#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2642,7 +2653,7 @@
"</p> \n"

#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2650,7 +2661,7 @@
"<p>Här kan du ställa in de viktigaste inställningarna\n"
"för trådlöst nätverk.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2663,7 +2674,7 @@
"(nätverk som hanteras av en åtkomstpunkt, kallas också
<i>Infrastrukturläge</i>\n"
"eller <b>Huvud</b> (nätverkskortet agerar som åtkomstpunkt).</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2681,7 +2692,7 @@
" använder WLAN-kortet åtkomstpunkten som har bäst\n"
" signalstyrka.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2717,7 +2728,7 @@
"autentiseringsläge. Detta är endast möjligt i åtgärdsläget \n"
"<b>Hanterad</b>.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2732,7 +2743,7 @@
" genereras 24-bitar dynamiskt, så du behöver endast ange 40 till 232
bitar.</p>\n"

#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2748,7 +2759,7 @@
" ordlisteattacker är fortfarande möjliga. Använd inte ett ord som\n"
" är lätt att gissa som lösenfras.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2756,7 +2767,7 @@
"<p>Om du vill använda WPA-EAP (även kallat WPA Enterprise)\n"
"anger du ytterligare parametrar i nästa dialogfönster.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3672,11 +3683,6 @@
msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway"
msgstr "IPv6-standard&gateway"

-#. Table header 3/4
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
-msgid "Genmask"
-msgstr "Genmask"
-
#. CheckBox label
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110
msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding"
@@ -3695,40 +3701,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Mål"

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
-msgid "Ge&nmask"
-msgstr "Ge&nmask"
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189
+msgid "&Netmask"
+msgstr "&Nätmask"

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Gateway"

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "En&het"

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Mål är ogiltigt."

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Gateway IP-adressen är felaktig."

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Delnätmasken är felaktig."

#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Standard-gateway är felaktig."

@@ -4397,27 +4403,27 @@
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Startas automatiskt vid start"

#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Startas automatiskt vid kabelanslutning"

#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Hanterad av Nätverkshanteraren"

#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Startas inte alls"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Startad manuellt"

@@ -4429,50 +4435,50 @@
#.
#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value")
#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-adress tilldelad med"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-adress: %s/%s"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-adress: %s, delnätmask %s"

#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build
item
#. overview. Check and remove.
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Enhetsnamn: %s"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Bond-huvudenhet"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Brygga"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "slavenhet i %s"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Inte ansluten"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Ingen hwinfo"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0,
wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan
devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera nätverkskortet eftersom kärnenheten
(eth0, wlan0) inte finns. Det orsakas oftast av saknad fast programvara (för
wlan-enheter). Se utdata från dmesg för detaljer."

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4480,11 +4486,11 @@
"Enheten är inte konfigurerad. Tryck på <b>Redigera</b>\n"
"om du vill konfigurera den.\n"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Obligatorisk inbyggd programvara"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "Okänd"

@@ -4494,11 +4500,11 @@
#. @param [String] ifcfg_type
#. @param [String] ifcfg_name
#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces
enslaved
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bond-slavenheter"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548
msgid "Bridge Ports"
msgstr "Brygganslutningar"

@@ -4564,21 +4570,21 @@
msgstr "Fjärradministration inaktiverad."

#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Skriv inställningar för IP-vidarebefordring"

#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Skriv routing-inställningarna"

-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Sparar routing-konfigurationen"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Skriver inställningar för IP-vidarebefordring..."

@@ -4587,22 +4593,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Sparar routing-inställningarna..."

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Gateway: %s"

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-vidarebefordring för IPv4: %s"

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP-vidarebefordring för IPv6: %s"

@@ -4620,3 +4626,9 @@
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Oskyddad)"
+
+#~ msgid "Genmask"
+#~ msgstr "Genmask"
+
+#~ msgid "Ge&nmask"
+#~ msgstr "Ge&nmask"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@

#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detaljer:"
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Försöka igen?"
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Okänd produkt"

@@ -1661,23 +1661,23 @@
msgstr "Verkställer delta-RPM: %1"

#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install
a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "Din dator är ett 64 bitars x86-64-system, men du försöker installera
en 32 bitars distribution."

#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after
installing the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Mönsterlistan anger vilka funktioner som kommer att vara
tillgängliga när systemet har installerats.</P>"

#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed
to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and
working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed
value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free
space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Förslaget visar den totala storleken för filerna som ska
installeras på systemet. Systemet innehåller dock vissa andra filer
(tillfälliga filer och arbetsfiler) så det använda utrymmet kommer att vara
något större än det föreslagna värdet. Det kan därför vara bra att se till att
minst 25 % (eller cirka 300 MB) ledigt utrymme finns tillgängligt innan du
påbörjar installationen.</P>"

#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the
connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
@@ -1686,112 +1686,112 @@
"laddas ned från fjärrarkiven (nätverk). Värdet är viktigt om anslutningen är
långsam eller om det finns en nedladdningsgräns för data.</P>\n"

#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Programförslag</B></P>"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Produkt: %1"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or
system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Systemtyp: %1"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Mönster:<br>"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in
MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Storlek på paket som ska installeras: %1"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected
packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Hämtar från fjärrarkiv: %1"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr "Dessa tilläggsprodukter har markerats för automatisk borttagning: %1"

#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new
installation media."
msgstr "Kontakta leverantörerna för dessa tillägg om du behöver nya
installationsmedia."

#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation
media."
msgstr "Kontakta leverantören för tillägget om du behöver ett nytt
installationsmedium."

#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2),
cannot start installation."
msgstr "Fel: Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i baskatalogen
%1 (enhet %2). Installationen kan inte startas."

#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr "Varning! Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i katalogen
%1 (enhet %2)."

#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "Inte tillräckligt med diskutrymme."

#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "Inte tillräckligt med diskutrymme. Ta bort några paket i enkelvalet."

#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "Endast %1 (%2%%) ledigt utrymme på partition %3.<BR>"

#. Check the YaST required packages.
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648
msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install."
msgstr "Markera manuellt de objekt som krävs för installation."

#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "Den nya produkten <b>%s</b> installeras"

#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr "Produkten <b>%s</b> uppdateras"

#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new
one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr "Produkten <b>%{old_product}</b> uppdateras till <b>%{new_product}</b>"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr "Produkten <b>%s</b> förblir installerad"

#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr "<b>Varning!</b> Produkten <b>%s</b> tas bort."

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr "<b>Fel:</b> Produkten <b>%s</b> tas bort automatiskt."

#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1808,12 +1808,12 @@
"</li></ul></li></ul>"

#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta något arkiv på %1."

#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the
installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1824,31 +1824,31 @@
"ladda ned uppdaterad versionsinformation från SUSE
Linux-webbservern.</b></p>\n"

#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Integrerar startad media..."

#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Det gick inte att integrera service pack-arkivet."

#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Arkiv initieras..."

#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "Lägg i CD 1 för %1"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1 cd 1 inte hittad"

#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@
"Se loggfilen %1 för mer detaljer."

#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1866,12 +1866,12 @@
"Programvaruförslaget anropas igen."

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Utvärderar paketval..."

#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in
runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1880,18 +1880,18 @@
"Mönstret har inte hittats."

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743
msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr "De här paketen måste markeras för att installera: %s"

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746
msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr "De här mönstren måste markeras för att installera: %s"

#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names
#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be
displayed
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750
msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}"
msgstr "De här objekten (%{type}) måste markeras för att installera: %{list}"


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Kontaktar registreringsservern"
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Registration"
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registrerar %s ..."

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "Ogiltig URL."

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "Registrerar systemet..."

@@ -397,8 +397,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Uppdaterar till %s ..."

@@ -460,6 +460,20 @@
"Vill du aktivera dessa lagringsplatser under uppgraderingen\n"
"för att ta emot de senaste uppdateringarna?"

+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to
+#. the list of products that will be downgraded.
+#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g
+#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"The addons listed below are registered but not installed: \n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to downgrade also them in the registration server? \n"
+"If not they will be deactivated. "
+msgstr ""
+
#. indent size used in summary text
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
@@ -591,38 +605,40 @@

#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97
-msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgid "&Hide Beta Versions"
msgstr "&Filtrera ut betaversioner"

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Detaljer"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Details (English only)"
+msgstr ""

#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr "Välj ett tillägg eller en modul för att visa information här"

#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "%s (inte tillgängligt)"

#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr "Det går som mest att välja %s tillägg eller moduler i YaST."

#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific
registration code.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Observera att vissa tillägg eller moduler kan behöva specifika
registreringskoder.</p>"

#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto
the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Om du vill ta bort ett tillägg eller en modul måste du logga in på
SUSE Customer Center och ta bort dem manuellt där.</p>"

@@ -641,21 +657,6 @@
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Tillgängliga tillägg och moduler"

-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
-msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
-msgstr "Omregistrera tillägg och moduler"
-
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered
again.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Här kan du välja tillägg och moduler som ska omregistreras.</p>"
-
-#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "Registrerade tillägg och moduler"
-
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered
together with the base product.</p>"
@@ -718,7 +719,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registreringsk&od"

@@ -749,7 +750,7 @@
msgstr "Registrera produkten"

#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr "&E-postadress"

@@ -796,49 +797,54 @@
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Registrera tillägg eller moduler..."

+#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232
+msgid ""
+"The registration URL provided by the command line is not valid.\n"
+"\n"
+"URL: %s\n"
+"\n"
+"The default one will be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257
msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr "Registrera systemet via %s"

#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300
msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr "Registrera systemet via lokal SMT-server"

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "URL till &lokal registreringsserver"

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "&Hoppa över registrering"

-#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
-msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
-msgstr "&Omregistrera tillägg eller moduler"
-
#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr "Systemet är redan registrerat."

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337
msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
msgstr "Välj önskad registreringsmetod."

#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to
get updates and extensions."
msgstr "Ange inloggningsuppgifter till SUSE Customer Center här om du vill
registrera systemet för att få uppdateringar och tillägg."

#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -854,7 +860,7 @@

#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Nät&verksinställningar..."

@@ -952,7 +958,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons,
#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts
#. the online migration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154
msgid ""
"The system is not registered,\n"
"to run the online migration you need\n"
@@ -963,17 +969,28 @@
"du först registrera systemet."

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198
msgid "No installed product found."
msgstr "Ingen installerad produkt hittades."

+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not
+#. installed to the current migration products list.
+#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64'
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219
+msgid ""
+"The '%s' extension is registered but not installed.\n"
+"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be
unregistered at the end of the migration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to add it?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242
msgid "No migration product found."
msgstr "Ingen migreringsprodukt hittades."

#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319
msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
msgstr "Förbereder lagringsplatser för migrering..."

@@ -1017,48 +1034,54 @@
msgstr "Möjliga migreringsmål"

#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr "Migreringsöversikt"

+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211
+msgid "The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b>
so it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and
to configure the repositories manually in case of needed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration
server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr "FEL: Produkten <b>%{product}</b> är inte tillgänglig på
registreringsservern (%{url}). Gör produkten tillgänglig om du vill tillåta
användning av denna migrering."

#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>kommer att installeras.</b>"

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>ändras inte.</b>"

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1
x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>kommer att uppgraderas till</b> %{new_product}."

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>kommer att nedgraderas till</b> %{new_product}."

#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1072,6 +1095,57 @@
"Väl ett annat migreringsmål eller gör de saknade produkterna\n"
"tillgängliga på registreringsservern."

+#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed
+#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him
+#. to take some actions over them.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking destination..."
+msgid "Checking registration status"
+msgstr "Målet kontrolleras..."
+
+#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
+msgid "Ins&tall products"
+msgstr "Installerade tilläggsprodukter"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "&Deactivate"
+msgstr "&Inaktivera"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Fortsätt"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't
+#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "These sources were not found:\n"
+#| "%1"
+msgid ""
+"These addons were not installed:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"De här källorna hittades inte:\n"
+"%1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (1/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153
+msgid "<p>The addons listed below are registered but not installed: </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (2/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159
+msgid "<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your
registration server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
@@ -1151,25 +1225,66 @@
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Slår upp lokala registreringsservrar..."

-#. Constructor
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC
#.
-#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services
to show
-#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not
specified), a default
-#. heading will be used).
-#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of
the list).
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was
selected
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected
service. If nil
-#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
-msgid "Service selection"
-msgstr "Val av tjänst"
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact SUSE.
+#.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.suse.com.
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgid "Registration Code or SMT Server URL"
+msgstr "URL till &lokal registreringsserver"

-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
-msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
-msgstr "Välj en upptäckt enhet från listan."
+#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled
+#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances
+#. of RegistrationUI.
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not a valid umask."
+msgid "Not valid url."
+msgstr "Ingen giltig umask."

-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
-msgid "No service was selected."
-msgstr "Ingen tjänst vald."
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not
supported.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Details"
+#~ msgstr "Detaljer"
+
+#~ msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+#~ msgstr "Omregistrera tillägg och moduler"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be
registered again.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Här kan du välja tillägg och moduler som ska omregistreras.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+#~ msgstr "Registrerade tillägg och moduler"
+
+#~ msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+#~ msgstr "&Omregistrera tillägg eller moduler"
+
+#~ msgid "Service selection"
+#~ msgstr "Val av tjänst"
+
+#~ msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+#~ msgstr "Välj en upptäckt enhet från listan."
+
+#~ msgid "No service was selected."
+#~ msgstr "Ingen tjänst vald."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/reipl.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -15,64 +15,10 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
-#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
+#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52
msgid "Configuration of reipl"
msgstr "Inställningar för reipl"

-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a device name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Ladda om systemet \n"
-"med en IPL in från enheten efter att systemet avslutats%1.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
-#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
-#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
-"with WWPN '%2'\n"
-"and LUN '%3'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Läs in en IPL in från FCP-disken %1\n"
-"med WWPN %2\n"
-"och LUN %3\n"
-"efter att systemet avslutats.\n"
-
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
-"with an IPL from the device \n"
-"that contains /boot"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Efter avstängningen startar du om systemet \n"
-"med en IPL från enheten \n"
-"som innehåller /boot"
-
-#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr "Reipl"
-
-#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
-msgid "&Reipl"
-msgstr "&Reipl"
-
#. Reipl configure dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
@@ -279,32 +225,62 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initierar..."

-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323
-msgid "Configured reipl methods"
-msgstr "Konfigurerade reipl-metoder"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Ladda om systemet \n"
+#~ "med en IPL in från enheten efter att systemet avslutats%1.\n"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330
-msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
-msgstr "Metoden ccw är konfigurerad och används."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
+#~ "with WWPN '%2'\n"
+#~ "and LUN '%3'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Läs in en IPL in från FCP-disken %1\n"
+#~ "med WWPN %2\n"
+#~ "och LUN %3\n"
+#~ "efter att systemet avslutats.\n"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332
-msgid "The method ccw is configured."
-msgstr "Metoden ccw är konfigurerad."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system \n"
+#~ "with an IPL from the device \n"
+#~ "that contains /boot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Efter avstängningen startar du om systemet \n"
+#~ "med en IPL från enheten \n"
+#~ "som innehåller /boot"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335
-msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
-msgstr "Metoden ccw stöds inte."
+#~ msgid "Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "Reipl"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343
-msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
-msgstr "Metoden fcp är konfigurerad och används."
+#~ msgid "&Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "&Reipl"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345
-msgid "The method fcp is configured."
-msgstr "Metoden fcp är konfigurerad."
+#~ msgid "Configured reipl methods"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurerade reipl-metoder"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348
-msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
-msgstr "Metoden fcp stöds inte."
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "Metoden ccw är konfigurerad och används."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured."
+#~ msgstr "Metoden ccw är konfigurerad."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "Metoden ccw stöds inte."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "Metoden fcp är konfigurerad och används."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured."
+#~ msgstr "Metoden fcp är konfigurerad."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "Metoden fcp stöds inte."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rpm-groups.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rpm-groups.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/rpm-groups.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bugzilla.opensuse.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-15 17:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -71,6 +71,9 @@
msgid "Building"
msgstr "Byggning"

+msgid "C++"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "CAD"
msgstr "CAD"

@@ -116,9 +119,6 @@
msgid "Convertors"
msgstr "Konverterare"

-msgid "Daemon"
-msgstr "Daemon"
-
msgid "Daemons"
msgstr "Demoner"

@@ -320,9 +320,6 @@
msgid "LXDE"
msgstr "LXDE"

-msgid "LXDE-Qt"
-msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
-
msgid "LXQt"
msgstr "LXQt"

@@ -356,6 +353,11 @@
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"

+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Monitoring"
+msgid "monitoring"
+msgstr "Övervakning"
+
msgid "Monitoring"
msgstr "Övervakning"

@@ -569,9 +571,6 @@
msgid "Terminals"
msgstr "Terminaler"

-msgid "Tests"
-msgstr "Tester"
-
msgid "TeX"
msgstr "TeX"

@@ -655,3 +654,12 @@

msgid "YaST"
msgstr "YaST"
+
+#~ msgid "Daemon"
+#~ msgstr "Daemon"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE-Qt"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
+
+#~ msgid "Tests"
+#~ msgstr "Tester"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
msgstr "DASD"

#. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111
msgid "&DASD"
msgstr "&DASD"

@@ -60,24 +60,24 @@
msgstr "Identifierar tillgängliga styrenheter"

#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71
msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration av S/390-diskstyrenhet"

#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurera &DASD-diskar"

#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurera &ZFCP-diskar"

#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initierar..."

@@ -102,82 +102,82 @@
msgstr "&zFCP"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "&Activate"
msgstr "&Aktivera"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "&Deactivate"
msgstr "&Inaktivera"

#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "Set DIAG O&n"
msgstr "Ange DIAG till &På"

#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180
msgid "Set DIAG O&ff"
msgstr "Ange DIAG till &Av"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formatera"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "Set Format On"
msgstr "Ställ in format på"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "Set Format Off"
msgstr "Ställ in format av"

#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks"
msgstr "&Parallellformaterade diskar"

#. error popup message
#. error popup message
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Ingen disk är vald."

#. 8 means disk is not formatted
#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149
msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
msgstr "Enheten %1 är inte formaterad. Vill du formatera enheten nu?"

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152
msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
msgstr "Det finns %1 ej formaterade enheter. Vill du formatera dem nu?"

#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258
msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
msgstr "Ingen enhet hittades för kanalen %1."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "Disk %1 is not active."
msgstr "Disken %1 är inte aktiv."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing."
msgstr "Disken %1 är inte tillgänglig för skrivning."

#. popup question
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342
msgid ""
"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n"
"Really format the following disks?<br>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
"%1"

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404
msgid "DASD Disk Management"
msgstr "DASD-diskhantering"

@@ -196,111 +196,111 @@
#. table header
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "Channel ID"
msgstr "Kanal-ID"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formatera"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428
msgid "Use DIAG"
msgstr "Använd DIAG"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Enhet"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Access Type"
msgstr "Åtkomsttyp"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Formatted"
msgstr "Formaterad"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Partition Information"
msgstr "Partitionsinformation"

#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID"
msgstr "&Lägsta kanal-ID"

#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID"
msgstr "&Högsta kanal-ID"

#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filtrera"

#. menu button
#. menu button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Perform &Action"
msgstr "Utf&ör åtgärd"

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "&Select All"
msgstr "Markera &alla"

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471
msgid "&Deselect All"
msgstr "Av&markera alla"

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215
msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
msgstr "Ogiltigt filter för kanal-ID:n."

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Add New DASD Disk"
msgstr "Lägg till ny DASD-disk"

#. text entry
#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "&Channel ID"
msgstr "&Kanal-ID"

#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Format the Disk"
msgstr "Formatera disken"

#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Use &DIAG"
msgstr "Använd &DIAG"

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624
msgid ""
"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -312,14 +312,14 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
msgstr "Inte ett giltigt kanal-ID."

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "Device already exists."
msgstr "Enheten finns redan."

@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
"Klicka på <b>Avbryt</b> om du vill avsluta inställningsverktyget.</P>"

#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@

#. Write dialog help 2/2
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@

#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>"
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@

#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -384,12 +384,12 @@
"<b>Högsta kanal-ID</b> och klickar på <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65
msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Om du vill konfigurera en ny DASD-disk klickar du på <b>Lägg
till</b>.</p>"

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
"<b>Ta bort</b>.</p>"

#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select
all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
"<b>Markera alla</b> eller <b>Avmarkera alla</b>.</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
"The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
"Åtgärden utförs omedelbart.</p>"

#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
"identifierare.</p>"

#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n"
"use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -436,13 +436,13 @@
"använder du <b>Formatera disken</b>.</p>\n"

#. Disk add help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102
msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Om du vill använda DIAG-läget väljer du <b>Använd DIAG</b>.</p>\n"

#. Initialization dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94
msgid "Controller Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration av diskstyrenhet"

@@ -473,17 +473,17 @@
"formaterad eller partitionerad markerar du kryssrutan <b>Framtvinga
överskrivning av disk</b>.</p>"

#. Dump dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63
msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST
DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
msgstr "<p>Om du vill använda DASD- och ZFCP-enheter aktiverar du dem i
respektive YaST-dialogruta för DASD eller ZFCP.<br>"

#. Dump dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67
msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be
shown.</p>"
msgstr "Enheter som används eller som har monterade partitioner visas
inte.</p>"

#. Dump dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
@@ -492,31 +492,31 @@
"enhet. Dumpenheter med flera volymer indikeras med en lista med
DASD-ID:n.</p>"

#. Dump dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
msgstr "<p>ZFCP-kolumner: Enhet, Storlek, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"

#. Dump dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78
msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>"
msgstr "DASD-kolumner: Enhet, Storlek, ID, Dump</p>"

#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96
msgid "&ZFCP"
msgstr "&ZFCP"

-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122
msgid "&Force overwrite of disk"
msgstr "&Framtvinga överskrivning av disk"

#. prevent leading space
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186
msgid "You haven't selected any device."
msgstr "Du har inte valt någon enhet."

#. warn only in case of force
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191
msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device
will be lost! Continue?"
msgstr "Disken %1 kommer att formateras som en dumpenhet. Alla data på enheten
kommer att försvinna. Vill du fortsätta?"

@@ -539,21 +539,21 @@
"<br>De separeras med radbrytningar.</p>\n"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44
msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-skal</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47
msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell
user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
msgstr "<p>TS-Shell gör det möjligt att ange <b>Autentisering</b> för varje
TS-Shell-användare och -grupp. Behörigheten för en grupp ärvs av dess
medlemmar.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52
msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under
<b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which
contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Varje tillåtet z/VM-ID kan väljas manuellt i <b>Val</b>, definierat
av ett <b>Regex</b> eller inläst från en <b>Fil</b> som innehåller alla
tillåtna z/VM-ID:n separerade av radbrytningar.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
"User</b> to remove users.</p>"
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
"användare</b> om du vill ta bort användare.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to
change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
@@ -571,16 +571,16 @@
"användares medlemskap går du till <b>Hantera grupper</b>.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68
msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts
should be gathered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Med <b>Granskade ID:n</b> kan du ange z/VM-ID:n från vilka
transkripten ska samlas in.</p>"

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72
msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Ny TS-skalanvändare</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and
<b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting
them on the right.</p>"
@@ -589,12 +589,12 @@
"\t<br>Du kan också ange <b>Ytterligare grupper</b> genom att välja dem till
höger.</p>"

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login,
activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>För att säkerställa att användaren ändrar lösenordet efter den
första inloggningen markerar du <b>Tvinga lösenordsändring</b>.</p>"

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
"data will be stored there.</p>"
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@
"data lagras där.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91
msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Hantera grupper för TS-autentisering</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
"member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
"medlem i gruppen ska ärva samma rättigheter.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or
Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
"autentisering. Markera grupperna i tabellen och klicka på <b>Markera eller
avmarkera</b>. Aktuell status visas i kolumnen <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
"selection.</p>"
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@
"</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b>
input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to
be used.</p>"
@@ -643,21 +643,21 @@
"\t<br>Om du vill ta bort tidigare skapade grupper måste du använda
dialogrutan <b>YaST-användare</b>.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ångra ändringar i den här dialogrutan genom att klicka på knappen
<b>Tillbaka</b>.</p>"

#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119
msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn vid inloggning</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122
msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these
users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
msgstr "<p>IUCVConn vid inloggning kräver en användare för varje z/VM-ID. För
att skapa användarna krävs ett <b>lösenord</b> och en <b>hemkatalog</b>."

#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127
msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b>
or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is
enabled. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Det går att synkronisera användarna manuellt genom att klicka på
<b>Synkronisera</b> eller bara bekräfta ändringarna med <b>OK</b> när
<b>IUCVConn vid inloggning</b> är aktiverat. </p>"

@@ -846,87 +846,87 @@
msgstr "TS-&medlemmar"

#. draw active tab
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594
msgid "&z/VM IDs"
msgstr "&z/VM-ID:n"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
msgid "&TS-Shell"
msgstr "&TS-skal"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
msgid "&IUCVConn"
msgstr "&IUCVConn"

#. check and commit password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708
msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid."
msgstr "Lösenorden matchar inte eller är ogiltiga."

#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714
msgid "The username is not valid!"
msgstr "Användarnamnet är inte giltigt."

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718
msgid "A home directory has to be specified!"
msgstr "Du måste ange en hemkatalog."

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751
msgid "Adding the user has failed."
msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till användaren."

#. delete group entry if disabled
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843
msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings"
msgstr "Konfigurera inställningar för IUCV-terminalserver"

#. update screen
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863
msgid "New TS-Shell User"
msgstr "Ny TS-skalanvändare"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876
msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization"
msgstr "Hantera grupper för TS-autentisering"

#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name
specification
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Endast bokstäver och siffror är
tillåtet."

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not
allowed."
msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Inledande siffror är inte
tillåtet."

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not
allowed."
msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Högst åtta tecken är tillåtet."

#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required."
msgstr "Felaktigt z/VM-ID \"%1\" på rad %2. Minst en bokstav krävs."

#. check password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061
msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
msgstr "Ett korrekt angivet lösenord för synkronisering av IUCVConn-användare
krävs."

#. check home directory
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067
msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid."
msgstr "Den angivna IUCVConn-hemkatalogen är ogiltig."

#. update ts member selection
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415
msgid "The group name is not valid!"
msgstr "Gruppnamnet är inte giltigt."

#. change tab selection back
#. check for z/VM ID entries
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575
msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs."
msgstr "Det går inte ställa in terminalservern utan giltiga z/VM-ID:n."

@@ -969,32 +969,32 @@
msgstr "<p>Flera <b>IUCVtty-instanser</b> kan köras för att ge flera
terminalenheter. Instanserna särskiljs genom ett terminal-ID, som är en
kombination av <b>Prefixet för terminal-IDx</b> och antalet instanser.<br>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131
msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix
&quot;<i>lxterm</i>&quot;, the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to
<i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
msgstr "Om du till exempel definierar tio instanser med prefixet
&quot;<i>lxterm</i>&quot; är terminal-ID:n från <i>lxterm0</i> till
<i>lxterm9</i> tillgängliga.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138
msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device
nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and
login programs.</p>"
msgstr "<p>z/VM IUCV HVC-enhetsdrivrutinen är en kärnmodul som använder
enhetsnoder för att låta upp till åtta HVC-terminalenheter kommunicera med
getty- och login-program.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain
<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Med <b>begränsad åtkomst</b> tillåts åtkomst endast från vissa
<b>terminalservrar</b>.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one
separately.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Definiera emuleringen för alla instanser på en gång eller för var
och en för sig.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages
to\n"
"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
@@ -1003,85 +1003,85 @@
" hvc0-enheten i stället för ttyS0.<br>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156
msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add
<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the
<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
msgstr "Om kärnmeddelanden ändå visas på ttyS0 lägger du manuellt till
<b>console=ttyS0</b> i den aktuella kärnparametern för start i
<b>YaST-starthanterarmodulen</b>.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161
msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout
through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Varning! HVC-terminaler förblir inloggade utan en manuell
utloggning via kortkommandot Ctrl+D</h3>"

#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174
msgid "&IUCVtty"
msgstr "&IUCVtty"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
msgstr "&Prefix för terminal-ID"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188
msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
msgstr "I&UCVtty-instanser"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202
msgid "HVC"
msgstr "HVC"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212
msgid "H&VC instances"
msgstr "H&VC-instanser"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
msgid "Restrict &access to"
msgstr "Begränsa &åtkomst till"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229
msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers"
msgstr "Tillåtna terminal&servrar"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237
msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0"
msgstr "Skicka &kärnmeddelanden till HVC0"

#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330
msgid "Really leave without saving?"
msgstr "Vill du stänga utan att spara?"

#. check iucv id
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339
msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid."
msgstr "IUCV-ID:t är inte giltigt."

#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349
msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid."
msgstr "Terminalservrarna är inte giltiga."

#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380
msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect."
msgstr "Systemet måste startas om för att vissa ändringar ska börja gälla."

#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62
msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD."
msgstr "Endast %1 rader är tillåtna för VMCMD."

#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108
msgid "On Panic Configuration"
msgstr "On Panic-konfiguration"

#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111
msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic
occurs</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Konfigurera de åtgärder som ska vidtas i samband med
kärnvarningar</b></p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115
msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the
behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Dumpconf</b>-demonen måste vara aktiverad för att påverka
beteendet vid kärnvarningar.</p>"

@@ -1115,83 +1115,83 @@
"på LPAR med z9(r)-maskiner och senare, och på z/VM, version 5.3 och
senare.<br>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133
msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Kör angivna CP-kommandon och stoppa systemet.</p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135
msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the
specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the
system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is
performed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Med tidinställningen som anges i <b>Skjut upp (minuter)</b> skjuts
den angivna åtgärden vid varning upp för ett system som nyss startat för att
förhindra slingor. Om systemet kraschar innan den angivna tiden har förflutit
utförs standardåtgärden (stoppa).</p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141
msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump
Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump
Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Enheten som används för att dumpa minnet kan anges med
<b>Dumpenhet</b>. Om ingen enhet visas måste du skapa en i dialogrutan för
<b>YaST-dumpenheter</b>.</p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147
msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the
Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Med <b>VMCMD</b> anger du CP-kommandon som ska köras innan
Linux-systemet stoppas. Endast %1 rader och totalt %2 tecken är tillåtna.</p>"

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171
msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "Starta in&te Dumpconf"

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180
msgid "&Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "&Starta Dumpconf"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194
msgid "&Panic Action"
msgstr "&Åtgärd vid varning"

-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197
msgid "Delay &Minutes"
msgstr "Skjut &upp (minuter)"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207
msgid "&Dump Device"
msgstr "&Dumpenhet"

-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211
msgid "&VMCMD"
msgstr "&VMCMD"

#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271
msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
msgstr "Du kan inte aktivera dumpprocessen utan någon dumpenhet."

#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285
msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command."
msgstr "Du kan inte använda vmcmd utan att definiera minst ett kommando."

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Konfigurerade ZFCP-enheter"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127
msgid "WWPN"
msgstr "WWPN"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "LUN"

#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380
msgid ""
"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -1200,42 +1200,42 @@
"Alla ändringar försvinner."

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
msgstr "Lägg till ny ZFCP-enhet"

#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "Get WWPNs"
msgstr "Hämta WWPN-namn"

#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "&WWPN"
msgstr "&WWPN"

#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308
msgid "Get LUNs"
msgstr "Hämta LUN-nummer"

#. combobox
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311
msgid "&LUN"
msgstr "&LUN"

-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314
msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use
allow_lun_scan."
msgstr "Om inget WWPN och inget LUN har definierats försöker systemet använda
tillåt_lunsökning."

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402
msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
msgstr "Det angivna WWPN-numret är felaktigt."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
msgstr "Angiven LUN är ogiltig."

@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n"
@@ -1267,12 +1267,12 @@
"Hantera ZFCP-enheter på systemet.</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59
msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Om du vill skapa en ny ZFCP-enhet klickar du på <b>Lägg
till</b>.</p>"

#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1282,11 +1282,11 @@

#. Disk selection dialog Warning
#. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Varning!</h1>"

-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@
"Annars finns det en potentiell risk för skadade data.</p>"

#. Disk add help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@
"(<b>WWPN</b>) och <b>LUN-</b>nummer.</p>\n"

#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "&lt;devno&gt;" is displayed as
"<devno>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs
conforming\n"
"format 0.0.&lt;devno&gt;, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
@@ -1328,95 +1328,95 @@

#. popup label
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153
msgid "Running mkinitrd."
msgstr "Kör mkinitrd."

#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, format: %2, DIAG: %3"

-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, enhet: %2, DIAG: %3"

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356
msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks"
msgstr "Läsa konfigurerade DASD-diskar"

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515
msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
msgstr "%1: sysfs inte monterad."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523
msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
msgstr "%1: Ogiltig status för <online>."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438
msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
msgstr "%1: Ingen enhet hittades för <ccwid>."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470
msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device."
msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att ändra tillståndet för enheten."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479
msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD."
msgstr "%1: Enheten är inte en DASD."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488
msgid "%1: Could not load module."
msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att läsa in modulen."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497
msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD."
msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att aktivera DASD."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506
msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted."
msgstr "%1: DASD är inte formaterad."

#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571
msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
msgstr "%1: Okänt fel %2."

#. progress bar
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622
msgid "Formatting %1:"
msgstr "Formaterar %1:"

#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747
msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1."
msgstr "Diskformateringen misslyckades. Avslutningskod: %1."

#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
#. integers,
#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718
msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done"
msgstr "Formaterar %1: cylinder %2 av %3 klart"

@@ -1455,9 +1455,9 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Klart"

@@ -1480,37 +1480,37 @@
msgstr "Skapar dumpenhet. Det kan ta några minuter."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147
msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)."
msgstr "Ogiltig eller oanvändbar disk (allvarligt)."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150
msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force."
msgstr "Ej kompatibel formatering eller partitionering, åtgärda med Tvinga."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155
msgid "Missing support programs."
msgstr "Supportprogram som saknas."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158
msgid "Missing or wrong parameters."
msgstr "Parametrar saknas eller är felaktiga."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161
msgid "Access problem."
msgstr "Åtkomstproblem."

#. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164
msgid "Error code from support program: %1."
msgstr "Felkod från stödprogram: %1."

#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168
msgid ""
"Cannot create dump device %1:\n"
"%2"
@@ -1555,37 +1555,37 @@
msgstr "Läser kärnparametrar..."

#. Inittab write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221
msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration"
msgstr "Sparar IUCV-terminalkonfiguration"

#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230
msgid "Write IUCVtty settings"
msgstr "Skriv IUCVtty-inställningar"

#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
msgid "Write HVC settings"
msgstr "Skriv HVC-inställningar"

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
msgid "Write kernel parameters"
msgstr "Skriv kärnparametrar"

#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238
msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..."
msgstr "Skriver IUCVtty-inställningar..."

#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
msgid "Writing HVC settings..."
msgstr "Skriver HVC-inställningar..."

#. Progress step 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
msgid "Writing kernel parameters..."
msgstr "Skriver kärnparametrar..."

@@ -1596,27 +1596,27 @@

#. Read all settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316
msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
msgstr "Läser in konfiguration för IUCV-terminalserver"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325
msgid "Read configuration files"
msgstr "Läs konfigurationsfiler"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327
msgid "Load user/group settings"
msgstr "Läs in inställningar för användare/grupper"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331
msgid "Reading configuration files..."
msgstr "Läser konfigurationsfiler..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333
msgid "Loading user/group settings..."
msgstr "Läser in inställningar för användare/grupper..."

@@ -1646,67 +1646,67 @@
msgstr "Uppdaterar användarinställningar..."

#. Dumpconf read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214
msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Läser Dumpconf-konfiguration"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223
msgid "Checking dump devices"
msgstr "Kontrollerar dumpenheter"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225
msgid "Reading settings"
msgstr "Läser inställningar"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229
msgid "Checking dump devices..."
msgstr "Kontrollerar dumpenheter..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Läser inställningarna..."

#. Dumpconf write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256
msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Sparar Dumpconf-konfiguration"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Skriv inställningarna"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Starta om tjänsten"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Skriver inställningarna..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Startar om tjänst..."

#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"

-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Enhet: %4"

#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348
msgid ""
"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
"You will have to set it manually."
@@ -1715,61 +1715,61 @@
"Måste anges manuellt."

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366
msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Läser konfigurerade ZFCP-enheter"

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
msgstr "%1: ogiltigt WWPN."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att aktivera WWPN för adaptern %1."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att aktivera ZFCP-enheten."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
msgstr "%1: SCSI-disken kunde inte inaktiveras."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1: LUN kunde inte avregistreras."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1: WWPN kunde inte avregistreras."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531
msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
msgstr "%1: Enheten <ccwid> finns inte."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539
msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
msgstr "%1: Det gick inte att läsa in modulen zfcp."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547
msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
msgstr "%1: Adapterns status kunde inte ändras."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555
msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
msgstr "%1: WWPN-portarna är fortfarande aktiva."

#. message, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563
msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
msgstr "%1: Värdadaptern stöder tillåt_lunsökning."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -1705,107 +1705,115 @@

#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Klar"

+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186
+msgid ""
+"Cups is required by samba for printing to \n"
+"work correctly. Do you wish to disable printing?\n"
+"Note: To reenable printing you will need to \n"
+"manually enable the \"printers\" share and install cups."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Samba-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263
msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration"
msgstr "Sparar inställningar för Samba-server"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Spara globala inställningar"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "Inaktivera Samba-tjänsterna"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "Aktivera Samba-tjänsterna"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274
msgid "Write back-end settings"
msgstr "Spara motorinställningar"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276
msgid "Write Samba accounts"
msgstr "Spara Samba-konton"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278
msgid "Save firewall settings"
msgstr "Spara brandväggsinställningar"

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Sparar globala inställningar..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Inaktiverar Samba-tjänsterna..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Aktiverar Samba-tjänsterna..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287
msgid "Writing back-end settings..."
msgstr "Sparar motorinställningarna..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289
msgid "Writing Samba accounts..."
msgstr "Sparar Samba-konton..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291
msgid "Saving firewall settings..."
msgstr "Sparar brandväggsinställningar..."

#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgstr "Kan inte skriva inställningar till /etc/samab/smb.conf."

#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414
msgid "Global Configuration:"
msgstr "Global inställning:"

-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416
#, perl-format
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s"
msgstr "Arbetsgrupp eller domän: %s"

#. summary item: selected role for the samba server
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420
#, perl-format
msgid "Role: %s"
msgstr "Roll: %s"

#. summary item: status of the samba service
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423
msgid "Samba server is disabled"
msgstr "Samba-servern är inaktiverad"

#. summary heading: configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427
msgid "Share Configuration:"
msgstr "Inställda utdelningar:"

#. summary item: no configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "Det gick inte att inaktivera %1."

@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@
#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment
#. to display an error message where
#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353
msgid ""
"The error message is:\n"
"\n"
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375
msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1."
msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa version för paketet %1."

@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly
Avasys)\n"
@@ -1019,12 +1019,12 @@

#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository
available."
msgstr "Det obligatoriska paketet %1 har inte installerats och det finns inget
paketarkiv tillgängligt."

#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the
repository."
msgstr "Det obligatorisa paketet %1 har inte installerats och finns inte
tillgängligt i arkivet."

@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474
msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
msgstr "Det gick inte att installera det begärda paketet %1."

@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495
msgid ""
"Failed to determine the active scanners.\n"
"If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n"
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was
determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517
msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners."
msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa aktiva bildläsare."

@@ -1072,8 +1072,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "Filen %1 existerar inte."

@@ -1085,8 +1085,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Misslyckades med att läsa %1."

@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was
determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575
msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers."
msgstr "Det gick inte att fastställa aktiva drivrutiner."

@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634
msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically."
msgstr "Det gick inte att identifiera bildläsare automatiskt."

@@ -1114,53 +1114,53 @@
#. - Determine active backends
#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK
scanners
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764
msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Initierar inställningsverktyg för bildläsare"

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Kontrollera installerade paket"

#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
msgid "Read or create the scanner database"
msgstr "Läs eller skapa bildläsardatabasen"

#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr "Avgör aktiva bildläsare"

#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774
msgid "Determine active drivers"
msgstr "Avgör aktiva drivrutiner"

#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
msgid "Detect scanners"
msgstr "Identifiera bildläsare"

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779
msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgstr "Kontrollerar installerade paket..."

#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..."
msgstr "Läser eller skapar bildläsardatabasen ..."

#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "Fastställer aktiva bildläsare ..."

#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785
msgid "Determining active drivers..."
msgstr "Fastställer aktiva drivrutiner ..."

@@ -1169,49 +1169,49 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068
msgid "Detecting scanners..."
msgstr "Identifierar bildläsare..."

#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Klar"

#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database):
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857
msgid "Creating scanner database..."
msgstr "Skapar bildläsardatabas ..."

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891
msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database."
msgstr "Avbryter: Det gick inte att skapa en bildläsardatabas."

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931
msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Avbryter: Det gick inte att läsa %1."

#. Write scanner settings:
#. - Save the actual environment
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021
msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Skriver bildläsarkonfiguration"

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024
msgid "Save the actual environment"
msgstr "Spara den faktiska miljön"

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
msgid "Saving the actual environment..."
msgstr "Sparar den faktiska miljön ..."

@@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n"
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@

#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n"
"This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n"
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109
msgid ""
"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n"
"Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@

#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@

#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner
configuration.\n"
@@ -1288,25 +1288,25 @@

#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294
msgid "Not Configured:"
msgstr "Inte inställd:"

#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Okänd enhet"

#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr "Okänd tillverkare"

#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "Okänd modell"

@@ -1317,14 +1317,14 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr "%1 %2 på %3"

#. A suffix for the second column of a table
#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column
#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400
msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver"
msgstr "Ingen bildläsare identifierades av drivrutinen"

@@ -1332,12 +1332,12 @@
#. when neither a scanner was autodetected
#. nor an active scanner was found
#. nor an active driver was found:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
msgstr "Ingen bildläsare identifierades och ingen aktiv bildläsare eller
drivrutin finns."

#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware
upload:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453
msgid "Firmware upload required."
msgstr "Uppladdning av fast program krävs."

@@ -1346,79 +1346,79 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459
msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
msgstr "Tredjepartsprogrammet för Image Scan-drivrutinerna från Epson/Avasys
krävs."

#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525
msgid "Package %1"
msgstr "Paket %1"

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan fungera bra."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552
msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 bör fungera bra."

#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559
msgid "This scanner is not supported."
msgstr "Det finns inte stöd för den här bildläsaren."

#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564
msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
msgstr "Bildläsaren stöds inte av drivrutinen %1."

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla fullständig
funktionalitet."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582
msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 bör tillhandahålla fullständig funktionalitet."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 är inte testad men den kan fungera."

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla grundläggande
funktionalitet."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607
msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 bör tillhandahålla grundläggande funktionalitet."

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men kan tillhandahålla minimal
funktionalitet."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625
msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 underhålls inte men bör tillhandahålla minimal
funktionalitet."

#. which are listed but without a known support status:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 kan fungera, men funktionaliteten är okänd."

@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird
Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884
msgid ""
"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's
memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with
the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1535,51 +1535,51 @@
" Eller gå vidare och ändra skrivarkonfigurationen så att ptal-tjänsten
används.\n"

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "Ställa in drivrutinen %1"

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "Kontrollera om ytterligare paket måste installeras"

#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr "Kontrollera om uppladdning av fast program krävs"

#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr "Testa och ställ in speciella krav för särskilda drivrutiner"

#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "Aktivera drivrutinen"

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "Kontrollerar om ytterligare paket måste installeras ..."

#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr "Kontrollerar om överföring av fast program krävs ..."

#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr "Testar och ställer in speciella krav för särskilda drivrutiner..."

#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "Aktiverar drivrutinen ..."

#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "Det begärda paketet har inte installerats"

@@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr "Drivrutinen %1 kräver paketet %2."

@@ -1597,9 +1597,8 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing
system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Avbruten"

@@ -1611,7 +1610,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr "Uppladdning av fast program krävs"

@@ -1620,19 +1619,12 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr "Om tjänsten ptal inte körs kan inte bildläsaren fungera."

-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
-msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
-msgstr "Det gick inte att konfigurera PTAL-systemet."
-
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1647,49 +1639,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not
deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr "Drivrutinen hpaio är inaktiverad med den associerade tjänsten ptal är
inte inaktiverad eftersom den behövs av CUPS-utskriftsystem."

#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "Det gick inte att stoppa tjänsten ptal."

#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr "Det gick inte att inaktivera tjänsten ptal."

#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr "Ingen bildläsare för %1"

#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "Det går inte att testa utan någon matchande aktiv bildläsare."

#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "Bildlä&sare att testa"

#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "Testar %1"

#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver
name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device
identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr "Testar med \"scanimage -d %1 -v\"..."

@@ -1697,7 +1689,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1711,7 +1703,7 @@

#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "(inga tillgängliga resultat)"

@@ -1721,7 +1713,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be
autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being
tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr "Test av %1 är klart"

@@ -1729,7 +1721,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1745,7 +1737,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was
configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr "Misslyckades med att avgöra inställningar för bildläsning via nätverk."

@@ -1753,7 +1745,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to
be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr "Misslyckades med att ställa in bildläsning via nätverk."

@@ -1768,11 +1760,14 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr "Kontrollera att brandväggen tillåter bildinläsning via nätverket."

#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr "Information om brandväggen finns i hjälptexten för den här
dialogrutan."
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
+#~ msgstr "Det gick inte att konfigurera PTAL-systemet."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/smt.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: smt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 17:26+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-22 12:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -646,6 +646,19 @@
msgid "Writing patches..."
msgstr "Sparar korrigeringar..."

+#. bnc #390085
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Database &Password"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User"
+msgstr "Databas&lösenord"
+
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "P&assword for user (again)"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User Once Again"
+msgstr "Lösenord för &användaren (igen)"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130
msgid "The first and the second password do not match."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
msgid "List partitions"
msgstr "Förteckning över partitioner"

-#. Title for dialogue
+#. Title for dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
msgstr "Förslag på partitionering"
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@

#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -97,16 +97,14 @@
"Ange monteringspunkter manuellt i dialogrutan \"Partitionerare\"."

#. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. this is the resize case
-#.
-#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
+#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
+#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Redigera förslagsinställningar"

#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -118,7 +116,7 @@

#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -133,7 +131,7 @@
"avancerad partitionering.</p>\n"

#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -153,25 +151,25 @@

#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Det går inte att skapa det begärda förslaget."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
msgstr "Det finns inte tillräckligt med ledigt utrymme för att kunna föreslå
ögonblicksbilder för rotvolymen."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Det finns inte tillräckligt mycket utrymme för att föreslå separat
/home."

-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
msgstr "Tilldelat rotfilsystem saknas! Det går inte att fortsätta."

-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -636,12 +634,12 @@
#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
#. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
msgid "Available &Disks"
msgstr "Tillgängliga &diskar"

#. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
msgstr "&Egen partitionering (för experter)"

@@ -649,13 +647,13 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Hårddisk"

#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for
installation."
msgstr "Hittade ingen hårddisk(ar). Använd uppdaterings-cd:n för installation."

@@ -664,7 +662,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -677,7 +675,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -688,7 +686,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -707,7 +705,7 @@
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
#. Information what to do, background information
#. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
@@ -715,14 +713,24 @@

#. there is a selection from which one option must be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Välj ett alternativ för att fortsätta."

-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
msgstr "Disk %1 används av %2"

+#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
+msgid ""
+"This is for experts only.\n"
+"You might lose support if you use this!\n"
+"\n"
+"Please refer to the manual to make sure your custom\n"
+"partitioning meets the requirements of this product."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -780,19 +788,35 @@
#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
msgid ""
+"No snapshots possible.\n"
+"Please use larger root partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+msgid ""
"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"Hempartitionen kommer inte att formateras. När installationen är klar\n"
"kontrollerar du att behörigheterna för hemkatalogerna är korrekta."

+#. A custom configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Egen"
+
+#. A standard configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Standard"
+msgstr "Standard"
+
#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionering"

#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
msgid "&Partitioning"
msgstr "&Partitionering"

@@ -959,7 +983,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Föreslå separat &hempartition"

@@ -977,7 +1001,7 @@
msgstr "Typ av förslag"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -992,7 +1016,7 @@
"Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1007,7 +1031,7 @@
"Vill du använda inställningarna?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1023,7 +1047,7 @@
"\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1040,7 +1064,7 @@

#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -1057,7 +1081,7 @@
"Vill du använda denna installation?\n"

#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1078,13 +1102,20 @@
"Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"

#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
"We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
"\n"
-"Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+"Really keep this size of the boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"Varning:\n"
"Startpartitionen är mindre än %1.\n"
@@ -1093,7 +1124,7 @@
"Vill du behålla den här storleken på startpartitionen?\n"

#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1110,7 +1141,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1129,7 +1160,7 @@
"Vill du använda installationen utan /boot-partition?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1148,7 +1179,7 @@
"\n"
"Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1161,7 +1192,7 @@
"Vill du använda inställningen?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1178,7 +1209,7 @@
"Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1203,7 +1234,7 @@
"Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1228,12 +1259,12 @@
"Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Vill du använda den här inställningen?"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1254,7 +1285,7 @@
"Vill du använda konfigurationen utan växlingspartition?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1267,7 +1298,7 @@
"i synnerhet inte i följande fall:\n"

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1280,7 +1311,7 @@
"- om den här partitionen inte innehåller något filsystem ännu.\n"

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount
points\n"
@@ -1291,7 +1322,7 @@
"som /, /boot, /opt eller /var.\n"

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1302,7 +1333,7 @@
"Vill du låta partitionen vara oformaterad?\n"

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1311,7 +1342,7 @@
"Ta bort den från RAID innan du ändrar den.\n"

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1320,7 +1351,7 @@
"Ta bort den från volymgruppen innan du ändrar den.\n"

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1329,7 +1360,7 @@
"Ta bort volymen innan du ändrar den.\n"

#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1338,7 +1369,7 @@
"Ta bort den från RAID innan du tar bort den.\n"

#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1346,12 +1377,12 @@
"Enheten (%2) används av %1.\n"
"Ta bort %1 innan du ändrar den.\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Den kan inte tas bort när den är monterad."

#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1360,7 +1391,7 @@
"och att en annan logisk partition med ett högre nummer används.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently
mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1373,7 +1404,7 @@
"Välj Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1388,7 +1419,7 @@
"innan den utökade partitionen tas bort.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1403,7 +1434,7 @@
"den utökade partitionen tas bort.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1415,6 +1446,30 @@
" som används. Ta bort volymen som används\n"
" innan du tar bort den utökade partitionen.\n"

+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+msgid ""
+"Warning:\n"
+"\n"
+"Your root partition is very small for snapshots.\n"
+"We recommend to increase the size of the root partition\n"
+"to %1 or more or to disable snapshots.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really keep the current setup?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Varning:\n"
+"Startpartitionen är mindre än %1.\n"
+"Vi rekommenderar att du ökar storleken på /boot.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vill du behålla den här storleken på startpartitionen?\n"
+
#. heading text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
@@ -1422,13 +1477,13 @@

#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Glöm inte vad du anger här."

#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Det är tillåtet att inte ha något lösenord."

@@ -1457,7 +1512,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "Ang&e ett lösenord för filsystemet:"

@@ -1468,7 +1523,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Upprepa lösenordet för &verifiering:"

@@ -1491,7 +1546,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1502,7 +1557,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1622,47 +1677,54 @@
msgstr "Fil&system"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "O&ptions..."
msgstr "Alternati&v..."

+#. Translators: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
+msgid "Enable Snapshots"
+msgstr "Aktivera ögonblicksbilder"
+
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
msgid "&Encrypt Device"
msgstr "&Kryptera enheten"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
msgid "File system &ID:"
msgstr "Filsystem-&ID:"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Format"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Do &not format"
msgstr "Formatera i&nte"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formatera"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Fs&tab Options"
msgstr "Fs&tab-alternativ"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Monteringspunkt"

#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1687,7 +1749,7 @@
"Vill du fortsätta?\n"

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1698,7 +1760,7 @@
"Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter krympning av filsystem."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1709,21 +1771,21 @@
"Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter krympning av filsystem."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
msgstr "Du riskerar att förlora data om du krymper den här partitionen."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
msgstr "Du riskerar att förlora data om du krymper den här logiska volymen."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr "Fortsätta?"

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1734,7 +1796,7 @@
"Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter utökning av filsystem."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1744,20 +1806,20 @@
"Filsystemet på den valda logiska volymen kan inte utökas med YaST2.\n"
"Endast fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 och reiser tillåter utökning av filsystem."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
msgid "Continue resizing?"
msgstr "Vill du fortsätta att ändra storlek?"

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Du har minskat en partition som har ett Reiser-filsystem."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Du har minskat en logisk volym som har ett Reiser-filsystem."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
msgid ""
"\n"
"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1772,7 +1834,7 @@
"Vill du krympa filsystemet nu?"

#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1785,7 +1847,7 @@
"Välj Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1800,7 +1862,7 @@
"innan enheten tas bort.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1815,7 +1877,7 @@
"du tar bort enheten.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1828,47 +1890,40 @@
"använder den innan enheten tas bort.\n"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Skapa och ta bort undervolymer från ett Btrfs-filsystem.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aktivera automatiska ögonblicksbilder för ett Btrfs-filsystem med
snapper.</p>"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
msgstr "Befintliga undervolymer:"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
msgid "New Subvolume"
msgstr "Ny undervolym"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
msgid "Add new"
msgstr "Lägg till ny"

#. button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Ta bort"

-#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
-msgid "Enable Snapshots"
-msgstr "Aktivera ögonblicksbilder"
-
#. heading text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Undervolymhantering"

@@ -1888,7 +1943,7 @@
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Undervolymnamnet %1 finns redan."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "De ändringar som hittills gjorts i dialogrutan försvinner."

@@ -1931,7 +1986,7 @@

#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or
/var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1950,7 +2005,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file
system.\n"
@@ -1969,7 +2024,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have
at\n"
@@ -2001,7 +2056,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2072,17 +2127,17 @@
"Du måste markera alla partitioner på denna disk för borttagning.\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
msgstr "Du kan inte använda monteringspunkten \"%1\" för LVM.\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
msgstr "Du kan inte använda monteringspunkten %1 för RAID."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
msgid ""
"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -2099,21 +2154,8 @@
"Vill du fortsätta?\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
msgid ""
-"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
-"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
-"/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
-"nonloopbacked file system.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Du har tilldelat ett krypterat filsystem till en partition\n"
-"med en av följande monteringspunkter: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
-" /var\". Det är inte möjligt. Ändra monteringspunkten eller\n"
-" använd ett icke-loopback-filsystem.\n"
-
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158
-msgid ""
"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
"may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2132,28 +2174,28 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
#. @param mount mount point
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
msgstr "Monteringspunkten får inte vara tom."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Monteringspunkten måste vara SWAP för växlingsenheter."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Endast växlingsenheter kan ha SWAP som monteringspunkt."

#. && mount!="swap" )
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Monteringspunkten används redan. Välj en annan."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
msgid ""
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
@@ -2162,12 +2204,12 @@
"Det är omöjligt."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount
point."
msgstr "Det finns ett ogiltigt tecken i monteringspunkten. Använd inte
\"`'!\"%#\" i monteringspunkter."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
msgid ""
"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -2178,12 +2220,12 @@
"/var/adm/mnt\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
msgstr "Monteringspunkten måste börja med \"/\". "

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
"to a device without a swap file system."
@@ -2192,17 +2234,23 @@
"till en enhet utan ett växlingsfilsystem."

#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299
+#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
+#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
+#| "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
msgid ""
"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
-"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
+"The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n"
+"The minimum size for this file system is %3.\n"
msgstr ""
"Partitionen är för liten för att använda %1.\n"
"Minsta storlek för det här filsystemet är %2.\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2211,7 +2259,7 @@
"till en enhet med ett icke existerande eller okänt filsystem."

#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2235,12 +2283,12 @@

#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Filsystemet är monterat på %1."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2250,12 +2298,12 @@

#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Avmontera"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2263,15 +2311,15 @@
"Du kan försöka att avmontera eller avbryta.\n"
"Klicka på Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det går inte att krympa filsystemet när det är monterat."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det går inte att utöka filsystemet när det är monterat."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Det går inte att ändra storlek på filsystemet när det är monterat."

@@ -2753,47 +2801,47 @@
"monteras och anger monteringspunkt (/, /boot, /home, /var osv.).</p>"

#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Formateringsalternativ"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatera partitionen"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Formatera inte partitionen"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Montera inte partitionen"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Monteringsalternativ"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Monteringspartition"

#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-alternativ..."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Krypteringsfiler måste krypteras."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2806,17 +2854,17 @@
"Kontrollera också formatalternativet.\n"

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Krypteringsfiler kräver en monteringspunkt."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs kräver en monteringspunkt."

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2831,7 +2879,7 @@
" </p>"

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2845,21 +2893,21 @@
"(viloläge till disk).\n"
"</p>\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alla data på volymen kommer att försvinna."

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Lösenord"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Det går inte att ändra storlek på den underliggande enheten."

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2869,7 +2917,7 @@
"Du kan inte ändra storlek på den valda partitionen eftersom\n"
"filsystemet på den här partitionen inte stödjer storleksändring.\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2878,7 +2926,7 @@
"på en NTFS när den är monterad."

#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2887,21 +2935,21 @@
"eftersom filsystemet verkar vara inkonsekvent.\n"

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Ändra storlek på partitionen %1"

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Ändra storlek på den logiska volymen %1"

#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Aktuell storlek: %1"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Aktuell användning: %1"

@@ -2909,8 +2957,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2922,33 +2970,33 @@

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Maximal storlek (%1)"

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minsta storlek (%1)"

#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Anpassad storlek"

#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Välj ny storlek.</p>"

#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2958,7 +3006,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2971,12 +3019,12 @@
"mycket snabbare."

#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Utmatning för %1"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Diskarna genomsöks igen..."

@@ -3240,7 +3288,7 @@

#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5221
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Disken används och kan inte ändras."

@@ -5276,12 +5324,12 @@
msgstr "Mönsterfil"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "Tmpfs-&storlek"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5289,12 +5337,12 @@
"Den storlek som har angetts är ogiltig. Använd en siffra följt av K, M, G
eller %.\n"
"Värdet måste vara större än 100 000 eller mellan 1 % och 200 %. Försök igen."

-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "Värdet måste vara mellan 1 % och 200 %. Försök igen."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or
Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -5305,17 +5353,17 @@
"som ett nummer följt av ett procenttecken som anger procentandelen av
minnet.</p>"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "Växlingsutrymmes&prioritet"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "Värdet måste vara mellan 0 och 32767. Försök igen."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5324,12 +5372,12 @@
"Ange växlingsutrymmesprioritet. Högre nummer betyder högre prioritet.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Montera sk&rivskyddad"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During
installation\n"
@@ -5340,12 +5388,12 @@
"monteras filsystemet alltid med läs- och skrivrättigheter.</p>"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Ingen &åtkomsttid"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5354,12 +5402,12 @@
"Åtkomsttider uppdateras inte när en fil läses. Standard är falskt.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
msgid "Mountable by User"
msgstr "Kan monteras av användare"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5368,12 +5416,12 @@
"Filsystemet kan monteras av vanliga användare. Standard är falskt.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Montera inte vid system&start"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -5388,12 +5436,12 @@
"(&lt;monteringspunkt&gt; är den katalog där filsystemet monteras) utförs.
Standard är falskt.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Aktivera &kvotastöd"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5404,12 +5452,12 @@
"Standard är falskt.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Läge för data&journal"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -5428,12 +5476,12 @@
" <tt>skriv tillbaka</tt> – Dataordningen bevaras inte. Ingen
prestandapåverkan.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "&Åtkomstkontrollistor (ACL)"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5442,12 +5490,12 @@
"Aktivera åtkomstkontrollistor för filsystemet.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "Utökad&e användarattribut"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5456,16 +5504,16 @@
"Tillåt utökade användarattribut för filsystemet.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "Godtyckligt alternativ&värde"

-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or
tabs. Try again."
msgstr "Ogiltiga tecken i godtyckligt alternativvärde. Använd inte blanksteg
eller tabbar. Försök igen."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of
/etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -5476,12 +5524,12 @@
" Flera alternativ avgränsas med kommatecken.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Teckenupp&sättning för filnamn"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5490,12 +5538,12 @@
"Ange teckenuppsättningen som ska användas för att visa filnamn på
Windows-partitioner.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Te&ckenuppsättning för korta FAT-namn"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file
systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5504,12 +5552,12 @@
"Den här teckenuppsättningen används för att konvertera till korta namn på
FAT-filsystem.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Antal &FAT"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default
is 2.</p>"
@@ -5518,12 +5566,12 @@
"Ange antalet filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standard är 2.</p>"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "FAT-&storlek"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If
auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for
the file system size.</p>\n"
@@ -5532,17 +5580,17 @@
"Anger typen av filallokeringstabeller som används (12, 16 eller 32-bit). Om
auto är inställt väljer YaST automatiskt det lämpligaste värdet för
filsystemstorleken.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Rot&katalogposter"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr "Minimal storlek för Rotkatalogposter är 112. Försök igen."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5551,12 +5599,12 @@
"Välj antalet tillgängliga poster i rotkatalogen.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "Sorterings&funktion"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in
directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5565,12 +5613,12 @@
"Här anges namnet på den sorteringsfunktion som ska användas för att sortera
filnamnen i katalogerna.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "FS-&revision"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for
backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent,
but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -5580,12 +5628,12 @@

#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "Block&storlek i byte"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024,
2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of
4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -5595,13 +5643,13 @@

#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "&Inode-storlek"

#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5610,12 +5658,12 @@
"Med den här inställningen bestäms inode-storlek för filsystemet.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Procent inode-utrymme"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of
space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
@@ -5624,12 +5672,12 @@
"Med alternativet Procent inode-utrymme kan du ange hur många procent av
utrymmet i filsystemet som kan allokeras till inodes.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "Inode-&blockanpassat"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is
or\n"
@@ -5642,12 +5690,12 @@
"normalt är effektivare än utan blockanpassning.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "Visa &loggstorlek i megabyte"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5657,7 +5705,7 @@

#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate
size.</p>\n"
@@ -5666,17 +5714,17 @@
"Ställ in loggstorleken (i megabyte). Med auto är standarden 40 % av den
aggregerade storleken.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Anropa list&hjälpmedel för dåliga block"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "Steg&längd i block"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5685,7 +5733,7 @@
"Ange ett värde som är större än 1.\n"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5698,7 +5746,7 @@
"RAID-stripe som argument.</p>\n"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048,
and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by
the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5707,12 +5755,12 @@
"Ange blockstorleken i byte. Giltiga värden för blockstorlek är 1024, 2048,
och 4096 byte per block. Om auto valts bestäms blockstorleken av filsystemets
storlek och förväntat användande av filsystemet.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Byte per &inode"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5733,12 +5781,12 @@
"för den här parametern.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Procent block &reserverade för root"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5748,17 +5796,17 @@

#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the
percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so
that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0,
lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Procent block reserverade för root:</b> Ange procentantalet
block som reserveras för administratören. Standardvärdet beräknas så att 1
gigabyte normalt reserveras. Den övre gränsen för standardreservering är 5,0
och den nedre är 0,1.</p>"

#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Inaktivera regelbundna kontroller"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5767,12 +5815,12 @@
"Inaktivera regelbundna kontroller av filsystemet vid start.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "Funktion för katalogin&dex"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5781,12 +5829,12 @@
"Aktiverar användning av hash-b-träd för att snabba upp sökningar i stora
kataloger.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "&Ingen journal"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you
really\n"
@@ -5898,7 +5946,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:989
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Storleksändring ej möjlig:"

@@ -5911,7 +5959,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5924,7 +5972,7 @@
"Det krypteringslösenord som har angetts kan vara felaktigt.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5935,7 +5983,7 @@
"Försök igen."

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5947,24 +5995,24 @@

#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Ange lösenord för kryptering:"

#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Ange lösenord"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Följande krypterade volymer är redan tillgängliga:"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktivering av krypterad volym"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5976,12 +6024,12 @@
"Lösenorden måste vara kända om volymerna behövs antingen \n"
"under en uppdatering eller om de innehåller en krypterad fysisk LVM-volym."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Vill du ange krypteringlösenord?"

#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5992,69 +6040,69 @@
"Lösenordet kommer att testas för alla enheter."

#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Ange krypteringslösenord"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Det finns inga krypterade volymer att låsa upp."

#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Ange lösenordet för någon av följande enheter:"

#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Ange lösenordet för följande enhet:"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Försöker låsa upp krypterade volymer..."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Lösenordet låste inte upp någon volym."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-disk"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-disk"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM-RAID"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD-RAID"

#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Installation av paket som krävs missyckades."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Vill du fortsätta trots felet?"

#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5233
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are
used."
msgstr "Det går inte att skapa partitioner eftersom andra partitioner på
disken används."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5259
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6064,7 +6112,7 @@
"Det går inte att ändra enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat
växlingsutrymme\n"
"som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5273
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6074,7 +6122,7 @@
"Det går inte att ändra enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller installationsdata\n"
"som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6084,7 +6132,7 @@
"Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat
växlingsutrymme\n"
"som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5311
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6094,7 +6142,7 @@
"Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller
installationsdata\n"
"som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6106,7 +6154,7 @@
"enheten %2, som innehåller aktiverat växlingsutrymme som behövs \n"
"för att utföra installationen.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5351
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6117,7 +6165,7 @@
"enheten %2, som innehåller installationsdata som behövs för att utföra
installationen.\n"

#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see
bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5373
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6128,18 +6176,18 @@
"disken %2 används.\n"

#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this
function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5462
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Tilldelat rotfilsystem saknas!"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5463
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Installationen kommer med största sannolikhet att misslyckas!"

#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6013
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till följande resurser: %1"

@@ -6792,31 +6840,31 @@

#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file
system under Windows."
msgstr "Storleksändring kan inte genomföras på grund av att filsystemet är
inkonsekvent. Försök att kontrollera filsystemet i Windows."

#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Filsystem för rotpartition"

#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Filsystem för hempartition"

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Utöka &växlingsutrymme för spara"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Förslagsinställningar"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
msgid ""
"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
@@ -6827,7 +6875,7 @@
"förslag</b> om du vill att systemet ska krypteras.</p>"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6840,7 +6888,7 @@
"storleken för rotpartitionen.</p>"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
@@ -6849,7 +6897,7 @@
"hempartitionen kan väljas med motsvarande kombinationsruta.</p>"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
@@ -6857,32 +6905,32 @@
"<p>Partitionen för växlingsutrymmet kan göras så stor att \n"
"systemet kan sparas på disk i de flesta fall.</p>"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Ange ett lösenord för den föreslagna krypteringen."

#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Lösenord:"

#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Upprepa lösenordet för verifiering:"

#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
msgstr "&Partitionsbaserat förslag"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "&LVM-baserat förslag"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "&LVM-baserat förslag"

@@ -6928,3 +6976,14 @@
#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Synlig information om lagringsenheter:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
+#~ "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
+#~ "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
+#~ "nonloopbacked file system.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Du har tilldelat ett krypterat filsystem till en partition\n"
+#~ "med en av följande monteringspunkter: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
+#~ " /var\". Det är inte möjligt. Ändra monteringspunkten eller\n"
+#~ " använd ett icke-loopback-filsystem.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Okänd"

@@ -658,19 +658,19 @@
msgstr "&Hoppa över montering"

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Felaktigt lösenord. Försöka igen?"

#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Varning"

#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not
fit.\n"
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
"Vill du fortsätta att uppdatera det nuvarande systemet?\n"

#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount'
command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -708,27 +708,27 @@
"Om du vill avbryta uppdateringen klickar du på Avbryt.\n"

#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "Ange montering&salternativ"

#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Monteringsalternativ"

#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Monteringspunkt"

#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "En&het"

#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -737,12 +737,12 @@
"(tom för automatisk identifiering)"

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "Partitionen /var %1 kunde inte monteras.\n"

#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values
later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -754,17 +754,17 @@
"<b>udev-ID:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev-sökväg:</b> %6"

-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ingen"

#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta partitionen /var automatiskt"

#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the
upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition
manually\n"
@@ -775,22 +775,22 @@
"så att uppgraderingsprocessen kan fortsätta."

#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&Ange /var-partitionsenhet"

#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Enhetsinformation"

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "Kan inte montera partitionen /var med den här diskinställningen.\n"

#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This
is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -816,37 +816,37 @@
" till någon annan metod för alla partitioner."

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Hittade ingen fstab."

#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "Rotpartitionen i /etc/fstab har en ogiltig rotenhet.\n"

#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Är för tillfället monterad som %1 men listad som %2.\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813
msgid "before update"
msgstr "innan uppdatering"

#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Utvärderar rotpartition. Vänta..."

#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "Monterar partitioner. Vänta..."

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Söker efter tillgängliga system"


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
msgstr "Installera Hypervisor och verktyg"

#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69
+#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70
msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgstr "Konfigurerar den virtuella maskinen ..."


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC (rev
97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC (rev
97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -55,46 +55,46 @@
msgstr "<p>Med det här verktyget måste du tilldela hela XPRAM samma partition.
Information om hur du använder flera partitioner finns i artikeln \"Device
Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" för Linux-kärnan 2.6 - april
2004.</p><p>Inaktivera XPRAM i den här modulen.</p>"

#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60
msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Välj korrekt monteringspunkt för <b>Monteringspunkt</b>.</p>"

#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62
msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Välj vilket filsystem som ska användas på enheten.</p>"

#. radio button label for to not start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86
msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM"
msgstr "Starta in&te XPRAM"

#. radio button label for to start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95
msgid "&Start XPRAM"
msgstr "&Starta XPRAM"

-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107
msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data"
msgstr "Installera filsystem eller växlingsutrymme trots att &XPRAM innehåller
giltiga data"

#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Monteringspunkt"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Monteringspunkt"

#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140
msgid "File System Type"
msgstr "Typ av filsystem"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149
msgid "F&ile System to Use:"
msgstr "F&ilsystem som ska användas:"

@@ -104,36 +104,34 @@
msgstr "Sparar XPRAM-inställningar"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Spara inställningarna"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Starta om tjänsten"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Sparar inställningarna..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Startar om tjänsten..."

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Klart"

-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135
msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgstr "Fel vid stoppning av xpram. Försök med \"rcxpram stop\" manuellt."

-#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram
start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
-#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151
msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgstr "Fel vid start av xpram. Försök med \"rcxpram start\" manuellt."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:12:57 UTC
(rev 97365)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po 2017-05-23 07:13:54 UTC
(rev 97366)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-25 08:14\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

#. AppArmor dialog caption
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60
msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration av AppArmor"

@@ -136,119 +136,11 @@
#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation
and AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr "Åtgärden genererade följande fel. Kontrollera installationen och
AppArmor-profilinställningarna."
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48
+msgid "Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u
apparmor) to diagnose"
+msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Inaktiverad"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116
-msgid "1 minute"
-msgstr "1 minut"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117
-msgid "5 minutes"
-msgstr "5 minuter"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118
-msgid "10 minutes"
-msgstr "10 minuter"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119
-msgid "15 minutes"
-msgstr "15 minuter"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120
-msgid "30 minutes"
-msgstr "30 minuter"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121
-msgid "1 hour"
-msgstr "1 timme"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122
-msgid "1 day"
-msgstr "1 dag"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123
-msgid "1 week"
-msgstr "1 vecka"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233
-msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgstr "Avisering om säkerhetshändelse"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138
-msgid "Terse Notification"
-msgstr "Kortfattad avisering"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200
-msgid "Frequency"
-msgstr "Frekvens"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203
-msgid "Email Address"
-msgstr "E-postadress"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208
-msgid "Severity"
-msgstr "Allvarlighetsgrad"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217
-msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
-msgstr "Inkludera händelser med okänd allvarlighet"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167
-msgid "Summary Notification"
-msgstr "Sammanfattande avisering"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196
-msgid "Verbose Notification"
-msgstr "Utförlig avisering"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
-msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr "En e-postadress krävs för varje markerad aviseringsmetod."
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
-msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
-msgstr "Inställningen misslyckades för följande åtgärder:"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434
-msgid "Notification is enabled"
-msgstr "Avisering är aktiverad"
-
-#. Notification Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431
-msgid "Notification is disabled"
-msgstr "Avisering är inaktiverad"
-
-#. AppArmor Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422
-msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor är inaktiverat"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor är aktiverat"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy
enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
@@ -256,7 +148,7 @@
"<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>Rapporterar huruvida AppArmor-policymodulen\n"
"har lästs in och fungerar.</p>"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
@@ -264,7 +156,7 @@
"<p><b>Avisering om säkerhetshändelse</b><br>Konfigurera det här\n"
"verktyget om du vill få en avisering via e-post i fall ett intrång görs.</p>"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
@@ -272,38 +164,28 @@
"<p><b>Profillägen</b><br>Med hjälp av det här verktyget kan du ändra hur
AppArmor\n"
"använder individuella profiler.</p>"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82
msgid "&Enable AppArmor"
msgstr "Aktiv&era AppArmor"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89
msgid "Configure AppArmor"
msgstr "Ställ in AppArmor"

-#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor
-#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"),
-#. `HBox(
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1),
-#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )),
-#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1)
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20),
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95
msgid "Configure Profile Modes"
msgstr "Ställ in profillägen"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101
msgid "Set profile modes"
msgstr "Ange profillägen"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
msgid "Co&nfigure"
msgstr "S&täll in"

#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
@@ -1994,7 +1876,77 @@
msgid "You must select a profile to edit."
msgstr "Du måste välja en profil för att redigera."

-#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51
-#, perl-format
-msgid "Failed copying %s."
-msgstr "Det gick inte att kopiera %s."
+#~ msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your
installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+#~ msgstr "Åtgärden genererade följande fel. Kontrollera installationen och
AppArmor-profilinställningarna."
+
+#~ msgid "Disabled"
+#~ msgstr "Inaktiverad"
+
+#~ msgid "1 minute"
+#~ msgstr "1 minut"
+
+#~ msgid "5 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "5 minuter"
+
+#~ msgid "10 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "10 minuter"
+
+#~ msgid "15 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "15 minuter"
+
+#~ msgid "30 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "30 minuter"
+
+#~ msgid "1 hour"
+#~ msgstr "1 timme"
+
+#~ msgid "1 day"
+#~ msgstr "1 dag"
+
+#~ msgid "1 week"
+#~ msgstr "1 vecka"
+
+#~ msgid "Security Event Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Avisering om säkerhetshändelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Terse Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Kortfattad avisering"
+
+#~ msgid "Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "Frekvens"
+
+#~ msgid "Email Address"
+#~ msgstr "E-postadress"
+
+#~ msgid "Severity"
+#~ msgstr "Allvarlighetsgrad"
+
+#~ msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
+#~ msgstr "Inkludera händelser med okänd allvarlighet"
+
+#~ msgid "Summary Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Sammanfattande avisering"
+
+#~ msgid "Verbose Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Utförlig avisering"
+
+#~ msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
+#~ msgstr "En e-postadress krävs för varje markerad aviseringsmetod."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+#~ msgstr "Inställningen misslyckades för följande åtgärder:"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "Avisering är aktiverad"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "Avisering är inaktiverad"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor är inaktiverat"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor är aktiverat"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed copying %s."
+#~ msgstr "Det gick inte att kopiera %s."


< Previous Next >
This Thread
  • No further messages